1 #LyX 1.5.4svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
21 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
23 \usepackage{courier} }
25 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
26 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
27 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
28 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
29 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
30 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
31 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
32 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
34 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
36 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
37 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
39 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
41 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
42 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
44 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
45 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
46 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
49 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
51 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
52 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
53 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
56 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
57 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
59 % redefine the greyed out note
60 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
61 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
63 \options intoc,refpage,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
68 \font_typewriter default
69 \font_default_family default
83 \paperorientation portrait
94 \paragraph_separation indent
96 \quotes_language english
99 \paperpagestyle default
100 \tracking_changes false
101 \output_changes false
117 \begin_layout Standard
119 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
122 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
134 \begin_layout Standard
135 \begin_inset Note Note
138 \begin_layout Standard
139 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
146 \begin_layout Standard
147 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
155 \begin_layout Standard
156 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
163 \begin_layout Chapter
167 \begin_layout Section
171 \begin_layout Standard
172 LyX is a document preparation system.
173 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
174 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
175 It is unlike most other
176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
183 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
185 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
197 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
202 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
206 \begin_layout Standard
207 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
220 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
224 \begin_layout Standard
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
237 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
238 the format of all of the manuals.
239 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
240 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
257 \begin_layout Section
261 \begin_layout Standard
262 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
264 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
265 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
267 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
286 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
289 \begin_layout Standard
290 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
291 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
292 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
294 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
295 only a vertical scrollbar.
296 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
297 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
298 This, however, is due
299 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
300 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
301 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
302 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
304 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
305 this doesn't work for equations yet.
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
310 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
312 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
313 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
318 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
319 ing sections of this documentation.
322 \begin_layout Section
326 \begin_layout Standard
327 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
332 of the manuals from inside LyX.
333 Just select the manual you want read from the
340 \begin_layout Section
342 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
343 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
350 \begin_layout Standard
351 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
352 without resorting to configuration files.
353 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
354 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
355 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
358 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
366 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
367 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
368 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
369 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
371 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
375 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
376 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
380 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
383 \begin_layout Section
385 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
386 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
393 \begin_layout Standard
394 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
395 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
403 \begin_layout Standard
415 that will be created when using the menu
417 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
422 \begin_layout Standard
433 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
434 \begin_inset Note Note
437 \begin_layout Standard
438 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
446 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
447 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
449 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
454 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
456 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
457 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
467 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
468 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
475 \begin_layout Chapter
479 \begin_layout Section
480 Basic File Operations
481 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
482 name "File Operations"
489 \begin_layout Standard
494 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
498 \begin_layout Itemize
504 \begin_layout Itemize
516 \begin_layout Itemize
522 \begin_layout Itemize
528 \begin_layout Itemize
534 \begin_layout Itemize
541 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_layout Itemize
556 \begin_layout Itemize
562 \begin_layout Itemize
568 \begin_layout Itemize
574 \begin_layout Itemize
580 \begin_layout Standard
581 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
582 a few minor differences.
585 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
594 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
595 you for a template to use.
596 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
597 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
598 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
599 (see section\InsetSpace ~
601 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
602 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
609 \begin_layout Standard
611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
634 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
635 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
638 \begin_layout Standard
650 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
654 \begin_layout Standard
655 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
674 will reload the document from disk.
675 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
676 and want to restore it to the last save.
682 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
683 can identify this as your changes.
686 \begin_layout Section
687 Basic Editing Features
688 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
694 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
695 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
702 \begin_layout Standard
703 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
704 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
705 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
706 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
708 We'll start with cut and paste.
711 \begin_layout Standard
712 As you might expect, the
716 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
717 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
721 \begin_layout Itemize
727 \begin_layout Itemize
733 \begin_layout Itemize
739 \begin_layout Itemize
746 \begin_layout Itemize
753 \begin_layout Itemize
761 \begin_layout Standard
762 The first three are self-explanatory.
763 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
764 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
773 keys also functions as the
778 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
779 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
784 to get back the lost text.
787 \begin_layout Standard
788 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
793 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
799 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
802 \begin_layout Standard
805 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
807 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
809 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
812 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
818 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
824 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
825 will start a new paragraph.
828 \begin_layout Standard
829 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
835 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
842 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
854 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
859 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
870 button to skip the current word.
876 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
882 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
884 If the toggle is set, searching for
885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
896 will not match the word
897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
911 Match whole words only
913 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
941 \begin_layout Standard
942 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
943 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
945 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
950 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
957 \begin_layout Section
959 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
965 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
971 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
972 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
979 \begin_layout Standard
980 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
981 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
984 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
987 to undo some mistake.
988 If you accidentally undo too much, use
990 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1001 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1006 \begin_layout Standard
1007 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1008 it was last saved, the
1009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1016 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1017 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1020 \begin_layout Standard
1029 work on almost everything in LyX.
1030 They have some quirks, too.
1039 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1040 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1048 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1049 surely appreciate how it works.
1052 \begin_layout Section
1054 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1055 name "Mouse Operations"
1062 \begin_layout Standard
1063 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1066 \begin_layout Enumerate
1071 \begin_layout Itemize
1076 once anywhere in the edit window.
1077 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1081 \begin_layout Enumerate
1086 \begin_layout Itemize
1092 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1095 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1098 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1101 \begin_layout Itemize
1102 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1104 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1111 \begin_layout Enumerate
1112 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1116 \begin_layout Standard
1121 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1122 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1123 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1127 \begin_layout Enumerate
1132 \begin_layout Standard
1137 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1142 \begin_layout Section
1144 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1145 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1150 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1158 \begin_layout Standard
1159 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1160 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1162 LyX's default is CUA.
1165 \begin_layout Standard
1192 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1196 \begin_layout Labeling
1197 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1201 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1203 description "Tabulator key"
1209 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1210 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1212 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1213 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1218 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1219 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1223 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1225 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1226 reference "sub:Lists"
1232 If you're still confused, look in the
1239 \begin_layout Labeling
1240 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1244 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1246 description "Escape key"
1253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1260 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1261 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1264 \begin_layout Labeling
1265 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1276 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1277 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1281 \begin_layout Standard
1282 There are three modifier keys:
1285 \begin_layout Labeling
1286 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1304 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1306 description "Control key"
1310 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1311 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1315 \begin_layout Itemize
1324 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1327 \begin_layout Itemize
1336 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1339 \begin_layout Itemize
1348 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1352 \begin_layout Labeling
1353 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1371 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1373 description "Shift key"
1377 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1378 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1381 \begin_layout Labeling
1382 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1400 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1402 description "Meta or Alt key"
1406 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1407 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1408 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1414 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1416 menu accelerator keys
1419 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1420 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1424 \begin_layout Standard
1425 For example, the sequence
1426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1477 \begin_layout Standard
1478 There are also other things bound to the
1482 key, but you'll have to check in the
1494 \begin_layout Standard
1495 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1496 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1497 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1498 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1499 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1500 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1501 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1517 followed by a capital
1523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1541 \begin_layout Chapter
1543 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1551 \begin_layout Section
1553 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1554 name "Document ! Types"
1561 \begin_layout Subsection
1565 \begin_layout Standard
1566 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1567 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1568 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1569 numbering schemes, and so on.
1570 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1571 and format the title of your document differently.
1574 \begin_layout Standard
1579 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1580 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1581 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1582 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1583 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1586 \begin_layout Standard
1587 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1588 how to adjust their properties.
1591 \begin_layout Subsection
1593 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1594 name "Document ! Classes"
1599 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1600 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1607 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1611 \begin_layout Standard
1612 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1616 \begin_layout Description
1617 Article for basic articles
1620 \begin_layout Description
1621 Report for basic reports
1624 \begin_layout Description
1625 Book for writing a book
1628 \begin_layout Description
1629 Letter for US-style letters
1632 \begin_layout Standard
1633 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1635 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1636 can be found in chapter
1638 Special Document Classes
1647 \begin_layout Description
1648 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1651 \begin_layout Description
1658 \begin_layout Standard
1667 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1671 \begin_layout Description
1672 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1673 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1674 There are three article layouts available.
1675 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1676 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1677 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1678 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1683 sequential numbering
1684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1687 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1688 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1689 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1690 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1693 \begin_layout Description
1694 Beamer Layout for presentations
1697 \begin_layout Description
1698 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1699 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1703 \begin_layout Description
1704 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1705 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1708 \begin_layout Description
1709 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1712 \begin_layout Description
1715 Die TeXnische Komödie
1717 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1720 \begin_layout Description
1721 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1724 \begin_layout Description
1725 Foils Used to make transparencies
1728 \begin_layout Description
1729 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1732 \begin_layout Description
1733 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1734 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1738 \begin_layout Description
1739 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1740 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1743 \begin_layout Description
1744 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1747 \begin_layout Description
1748 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1751 \begin_layout Description
1752 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1753 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1756 \begin_layout Description
1757 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1760 \begin_layout Description
1765 LaTeX document class
1768 \begin_layout Description
1769 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1772 \begin_layout Description
1777 \begin_layout Standard
1784 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1785 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1787 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1790 \begin_layout Description
1791 Slides Used to make transparencies
1794 \begin_layout Description
1796 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1797 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1800 \begin_layout Description
1801 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1804 \begin_layout Description
1809 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1812 \begin_layout Standard
1813 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1815 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1820 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1821 of the document classes.
1824 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1828 \begin_layout Standard
1829 You can select a class using the
1831 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1833 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1834 name "Document ! Settings"
1841 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1845 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1849 \begin_layout Standard
1850 Each class has a default set of options.
1851 Here's a quick table describing them:
1854 \begin_layout Standard
1855 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1861 \begin_layout Standard
1863 \begin_inset Tabular
1864 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1866 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1867 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1868 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1869 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1870 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1871 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1875 \begin_layout Standard
1881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1884 \begin_layout Standard
1899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1902 \begin_layout Standard
1917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1920 \begin_layout Standard
1935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1938 \begin_layout Standard
1954 <row topline="true">
1955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1958 \begin_layout Standard
1972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1975 \begin_layout Standard
1990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1993 \begin_layout Standard
2008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2011 \begin_layout Standard
2026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2029 \begin_layout Standard
2045 <row topline="true">
2046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2049 \begin_layout Standard
2063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2066 \begin_layout Standard
2081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2084 \begin_layout Standard
2099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2102 \begin_layout Standard
2117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2120 \begin_layout Standard
2136 <row topline="true">
2137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2140 \begin_layout Standard
2154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2157 \begin_layout Standard
2172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2175 \begin_layout Standard
2190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2193 \begin_layout Standard
2208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2211 \begin_layout Standard
2227 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2231 \begin_layout Standard
2245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2248 \begin_layout Standard
2263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2266 \begin_layout Standard
2281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2284 \begin_layout Standard
2299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2302 \begin_layout Standard
2324 \begin_layout Standard
2325 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2331 \begin_layout Standard
2332 You're probably also wondering what
2333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2342 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2343 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2348 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2353 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2363 headings, there are also
2371 headings, and so on.
2372 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2374 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2375 reference "sub:Headings"
2382 \begin_layout Subsection
2384 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2385 name "Document ! Layout"
2390 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2391 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2398 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2399 name "Document ! Settings"
2406 \begin_layout Standard
2407 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2409 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2419 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2422 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2424 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2425 to use for your document.
2426 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2430 \begin_layout Standard
2440 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2441 You can choose between the following five options:
2444 \begin_layout Labeling
2445 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2450 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2453 \begin_layout Labeling
2454 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2459 No page numbers or headings.
2462 \begin_layout Labeling
2463 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2471 \begin_layout Labeling
2472 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2477 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2478 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2479 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2482 \begin_layout Labeling
2483 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2488 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2492 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2493 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
2500 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2501 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2503 Check the documentation for the
2507 package for more details,
2508 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
2516 \begin_layout Standard
2521 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2523 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2524 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2531 \begin_layout Subsection
2532 Paper Size and Orientation
2533 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2534 name "Document ! Paper size"
2539 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2540 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2547 \begin_layout Standard
2548 You'll find the following options in the menu
2553 of the dialog of the
2555 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2561 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2562 name "Document ! Settings"
2569 \begin_layout Labeling
2570 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2575 What size paper to print on.
2579 \begin_layout Itemize
2585 \begin_layout Itemize
2595 \begin_layout Itemize
2601 \begin_layout Itemize
2607 \begin_layout Itemize
2613 \begin_layout Itemize
2619 \begin_layout Itemize
2625 \begin_layout Labeling
2626 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2631 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2642 \begin_layout Labeling
2643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2646 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2649 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2650 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2653 \begin_layout Subsection
2655 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2656 name "Document ! Margins"
2661 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2667 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2675 \begin_layout Standard
2676 Paper margins are set in the menu
2678 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2684 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2685 name "Document ! Settings"
2692 \begin_layout Standard
2693 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2694 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2695 the paper format and the font size into account.
2698 \begin_layout Subsection
2702 \begin_layout Standard
2703 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2708 That includes the paragraph environments.
2709 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2710 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2711 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2712 paragraph environments to
2716 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2717 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2718 the conversion and why it failed.
2721 \begin_layout Section
2722 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2723 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2724 name "Paragraph ! Indentation"
2731 \begin_layout Subsection
2733 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2734 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2741 \begin_layout Standard
2742 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2743 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2746 \begin_layout Standard
2747 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2748 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2749 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2750 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2754 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2760 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2761 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2762 language than English.
2763 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2766 \begin_layout Standard
2767 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2768 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2770 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2771 LyX takes care of that.
2772 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2774 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2775 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2776 of a page, and so on.
2780 \begin_layout Standard
2781 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2786 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2787 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2791 of these pre-coded spacings.
2792 We'll explain more later.
2795 \begin_layout Subsection
2796 Paragraph Separation
2797 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2798 name "Paragraph ! Separation"
2805 \begin_layout Standard
2806 To separate paragraphs, select
2821 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2823 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2824 name "Document ! Settings"
2830 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
2831 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
2832 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
2835 \begin_layout Standard
2845 \begin_layout Standard
2846 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
2848 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2849 reference "cap:Units"
2854 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
2858 \begin_layout Subsection
2862 \begin_layout Standard
2863 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
2866 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2867 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
2870 dialog and toggle the
2875 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
2876 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
2877 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
2881 \begin_layout Standard
2882 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
2883 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
2886 \begin_layout Subsection
2888 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2889 name "Paragraph ! Line spacing"
2896 \begin_layout Standard
2899 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2901 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2902 name "Document ! Settings"
2908 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
2917 \begin_layout Standard
2918 You need to have the LaTeX-package
2921 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2922 name "LaTeX-packages ! setspace"
2928 installed to use this feature.
2936 \begin_layout Section
2937 Paragraph Environments
2938 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2939 name "Paragraph ! Environments"
2944 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2945 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2950 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2951 name "Paragraph environments|("
2958 \begin_layout Subsection
2962 \begin_layout Standard
2963 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
2966 \begin_layout Standard
2986 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
2987 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
2988 alien to you, we urge you to read the
2997 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3000 \begin_layout Standard
3001 A paragraph environment is simply a
3002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3009 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3010 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3011 scheme, labels, and so on.
3012 Additionally, you can
3013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3020 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3021 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3022 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3023 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3024 days of typewriters.
3025 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3027 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3030 \begin_layout Standard
3031 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3033 LyX will change the environment of the
3037 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3038 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3039 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3043 \begin_layout Standard
3052 create a new paragraph using the
3056 paragraph environment.
3058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3065 because if you are in one of these environments:
3068 \begin_layout Itemize
3074 \begin_layout Itemize
3080 \begin_layout Itemize
3086 \begin_layout Itemize
3092 \begin_layout Itemize
3098 \begin_layout Itemize
3104 \begin_layout Itemize
3110 \begin_layout Standard
3111 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3115 , rather than resetting it to
3120 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3121 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3122 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3124 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3125 reference "sec:Nesting"
3130 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3135 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3136 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3144 \begin_layout Subsection
3148 \begin_layout Standard
3149 The default paragraph environment is
3154 It creates a plain paragraph.
3155 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3156 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3157 this manual) are in the
3164 \begin_layout Standard
3165 You can nest a paragraph using the
3169 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3177 \begin_layout Subsection
3179 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3180 name "Document !Title"
3187 \begin_layout Standard
3188 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3197 for thanks or contact information.
3198 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3199 page along with today's date.
3200 For other types of documents, the title
3201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3208 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3212 \begin_layout Standard
3213 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3227 Here's how you use them:
3230 \begin_layout Itemize
3231 Put the title of your document in the
3238 \begin_layout Itemize
3239 Put the author name in the
3246 \begin_layout Itemize
3247 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3248 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3254 Note that using this environment is optional.
3255 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3256 If you don't want any date, add the line
3266 to the preamble of your document (menu
3268 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3274 \begin_layout Standard
3275 You can use footnotes to insert
3276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3283 or contact informations.
3286 \begin_layout Subsection
3288 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3289 name "Section headings"
3294 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3302 \begin_layout Standard
3303 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3304 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3309 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3310 name "Section headings ! Numbered"
3317 \begin_layout Standard
3318 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3322 \begin_layout Enumerate
3328 \begin_layout Enumerate
3334 \begin_layout Enumerate
3340 \begin_layout Enumerate
3346 \begin_layout Enumerate
3352 \begin_layout Enumerate
3358 \begin_layout Enumerate
3364 \begin_layout Standard
3365 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3366 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3367 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3370 \begin_layout Standard
3371 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3372 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3373 You group the book into chapters.
3374 LyX does similar grouping:
3377 \begin_layout Itemize
3382 is divided in either
3391 \begin_layout Itemize
3403 \begin_layout Itemize
3415 \begin_layout Itemize
3427 \begin_layout Itemize
3439 \begin_layout Itemize
3451 \begin_layout Standard
3452 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3455 \begin_layout Standard
3460 Not all document types use the
3464 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3469 is the top-level heading.
3477 \begin_layout Standard
3482 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3483 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3485 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3497 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3499 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3500 name "Section headings ! Unnumbered"
3507 \begin_layout Standard
3508 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3512 \begin_layout Enumerate
3518 \begin_layout Enumerate
3524 \begin_layout Enumerate
3530 \begin_layout Enumerate
3536 \begin_layout Enumerate
3542 \begin_layout Standard
3544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3551 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3552 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3553 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3555 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3563 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3564 Changing the Numbering
3565 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3566 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3573 \begin_layout Standard
3574 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3575 in the Table of Contents.
3576 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3578 Certain classes start with
3592 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3602 This is something you can change.
3605 \begin_layout Standard
3608 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3614 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3615 name "Document ! Settings"
3623 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3627 you'll see two counters.
3632 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3634 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3638 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3639 Short Titles of Headings
3640 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3641 name "Section headings ! Short titles"
3649 \begin_layout Standard
3656 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3657 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3664 \begin_layout Standard
3665 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3666 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3667 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3668 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3671 \begin_layout Standard
3672 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3673 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3674 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3675 To specify a short title, use the menu
3677 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3682 This will insert a box labeled
3683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3698 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3699 This also works for captions inside floats.
3702 \begin_layout Standard
3703 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3706 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3710 \begin_layout Standard
3711 The following information applies to all section headings:
3714 \begin_layout Itemize
3715 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3718 \begin_layout Itemize
3719 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3722 \begin_layout Itemize
3723 You can only use inline math in these environments.
3726 \begin_layout Itemize
3727 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3730 \begin_layout Subsection
3731 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3734 \begin_layout Standard
3735 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
3749 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
3750 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
3751 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
3752 the text they contain.
3753 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
3761 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
3764 \begin_layout Standard
3765 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
3774 when you start a new paragraph.
3775 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
3779 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
3780 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
3781 to change back to the
3785 environment yourself.
3788 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3798 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3804 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3812 \begin_layout Standard
3813 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
3814 time for the differences.
3823 are identical except for one difference:
3827 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
3836 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
3839 \begin_layout Standard
3840 Here's an example of the
3853 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
3855 See -- no indentation!
3859 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
3860 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
3861 the other paragraph.
3864 \begin_layout Standard
3865 Here's another example, this time in the
3872 \begin_layout Quotation
3878 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
3879 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
3880 the first line, then
3884 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
3888 you were quoting other text.
3891 \begin_layout Quotation
3892 Here's a new paragraph.
3893 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
3894 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
3897 \begin_layout Standard
3898 As the examples show,
3902 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
3903 They should put quotes in the
3908 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
3912 paragraph environment for quoted text.
3915 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3921 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3922 name "Paragraph ! Verse"
3929 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3935 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3943 \begin_layout Standard
3948 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
3955 Which I did not rehearse!
3959 It could be much worse.
3960 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
3962 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
3963 indented a bit more than the first.
3964 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
3971 And make things look fine
3980 \begin_layout Standard
3985 does not indent both margins.
3986 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
3987 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
3998 \begin_layout Subsection
4000 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4006 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4014 \begin_layout Standard
4015 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4025 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4034 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4035 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4036 some general features of all four of them.
4039 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4043 \begin_layout Standard
4044 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4046 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4055 reset the environment to
4059 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4060 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4061 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4066 to break paragraphs.
4069 \begin_layout Standard
4070 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4071 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4073 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4074 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4076 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4077 reference "sec:Nesting"
4085 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4091 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4092 name "Lists ! Itemize"
4097 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4105 \begin_layout Standard
4106 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4110 paragraph environment.
4111 It has the following properties:
4114 \begin_layout Itemize
4115 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4119 \begin_layout Itemize
4120 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4123 \begin_layout Itemize
4124 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4128 \begin_layout Itemize
4129 The items can have any length.
4130 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4131 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4138 \begin_layout Itemize
4143 environment inside another
4147 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4151 \begin_layout Itemize
4152 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4155 \begin_layout Itemize
4156 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4159 \begin_layout Itemize
4160 See section\InsetSpace ~
4162 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4163 reference "sec:Nesting"
4167 for a full explanation of nesting.
4171 \begin_layout Standard
4172 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4181 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4184 \begin_layout Standard
4185 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4186 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4187 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4190 \begin_layout Itemize
4191 The label for the first level
4195 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4199 \begin_layout Itemize
4200 The label for the second level is a dash.
4204 \begin_layout Itemize
4205 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4209 \begin_layout Itemize
4210 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4214 \begin_layout Itemize
4215 Back out to the third level.
4219 \begin_layout Itemize
4220 Back to the second level.
4224 \begin_layout Itemize
4225 Back to the outermost level.
4228 \begin_layout Standard
4229 These are the default labels for an
4234 You can customize these labels in the
4236 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4239 dialog in the submenu
4246 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4247 name "Document ! Settings"
4254 \begin_layout Standard
4255 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4256 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4257 in section\InsetSpace ~
4259 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4260 reference "sec:Nesting"
4267 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4273 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4274 name "Lists ! Enumerate"
4279 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4280 name "sec:Enumerate"
4287 \begin_layout Standard
4292 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4293 It has these properties:
4296 \begin_layout Enumerate
4297 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4301 \begin_layout Enumerate
4302 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4306 \begin_layout Enumerate
4307 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4310 \begin_layout Enumerate
4315 environment resets the counter to one.
4318 \begin_layout Enumerate
4331 \begin_layout Enumerate
4332 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4333 Items can have any length.
4336 \begin_layout Enumerate
4337 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4340 \begin_layout Enumerate
4341 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4344 \begin_layout Enumerate
4345 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4349 \begin_layout Standard
4358 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4359 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4366 \begin_layout Enumerate
4367 The first level of an
4371 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4375 \begin_layout Enumerate
4376 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4380 \begin_layout Enumerate
4381 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4385 \begin_layout Enumerate
4386 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4389 \begin_layout Enumerate
4390 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4395 \begin_layout Enumerate
4396 Back to the third level
4400 \begin_layout Enumerate
4401 Back to the second level.
4405 \begin_layout Enumerate
4406 Back to the outermost level.
4409 \begin_layout Standard
4410 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4415 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4420 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4424 \begin_layout Standard
4425 There is more to nesting
4429 environments than we've stated here.
4430 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4432 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4433 reference "sec:Nesting"
4437 to learn more about nesting.
4440 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4446 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4447 name "Lists ! Description"
4452 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4453 name "sec:Description-List"
4460 \begin_layout Standard
4461 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4465 list has no fixed label.
4466 Instead, LyX uses the first
4467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4474 of the first line as the label.
4478 \begin_layout Description
4479 Example: This is an example of the
4486 \begin_layout Standard
4487 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4491 \begin_layout Standard
4493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4500 it is meant that the first hit of the
4504 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4506 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4518 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4519 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4522 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4524 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4525 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4529 for more info.) Here is an example:
4532 \begin_layout Description
4534 Example: This one shows how to use a
4536 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4546 \begin_layout Description
4547 Usage: You should use the
4551 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4552 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4554 It's not a good idea to use a
4558 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4559 You're better off using
4571 paragraphs into them.
4574 \begin_layout Description
4575 Nesting: You can nest
4579 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4583 \begin_layout Standard
4584 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4585 them from the first line.
4588 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4594 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4595 name "Lists ! LyX list"
4600 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4608 \begin_layout Standard
4613 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4617 \begin_layout Standard
4626 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4627 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4630 \begin_layout Labeling
4631 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4633 labels LyX uses the first
4634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4641 of each line as the item label.
4646 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4647 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4648 blank as described above.
4651 \begin_layout Labeling
4652 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4653 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4654 the body of the item text.
4655 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4656 label width plus a little extra space.
4660 \begin_layout Labeling
4661 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4663 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
4665 If the label width is larger, the label
4666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4673 into the first line.
4674 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4675 margin of the rest of the item text.
4678 \begin_layout Labeling
4679 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4680 default\InsetSpace ~
4681 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
4686 environment have the same left margin.
4688 To change the default width, select
4689 all items in the list.
4692 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4693 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
4699 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4702 determines the default label width.
4703 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
4705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4712 multiple times instead.
4713 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
4715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4722 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
4724 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4727 every time you alter a label in a
4733 The predefined default width is the length of
4734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4745 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4748 \begin_layout Standard
4753 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
4754 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
4762 \begin_layout Standard
4767 environment the same way like the
4771 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
4777 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
4781 \begin_layout Standard
4786 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4788 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
4789 Read section\InsetSpace ~
4791 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4792 reference "sec:Nesting"
4796 to learn about nesting.
4799 \begin_layout Standard
4800 There is yet another feature of the
4804 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
4806 You can use additional
4810 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
4815 later in section\InsetSpace ~
4817 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4818 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
4823 Here are some examples:
4826 \begin_layout Labeling
4827 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4828 Left The default for
4835 \begin_layout Labeling
4836 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4843 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
4846 \begin_layout Labeling
4847 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4856 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
4859 \begin_layout Subsection
4861 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4869 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4882 \begin_layout Standard
4883 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
4894 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
4895 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
4896 In contrast, you can use the
4905 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
4906 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
4910 \begin_layout Standard
4911 Of course, you're not limited to using
4926 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
4927 some European academic papers.
4930 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4932 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4933 name "sec:Address-Usage"
4940 \begin_layout Standard
4945 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
4946 for the opening and signature in some countries.
4952 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
4953 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
4954 Here's an example of each:
4957 \begin_layout Right Address
4964 When is it? What is today?
4967 \begin_layout Standard
4974 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
4975 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
4976 Here's an example of the
4983 \begin_layout Address
4986 Where do I send this
4988 Your post office and country
4991 \begin_layout Standard
4992 As you can see, both
5001 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5006 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5012 This makes sense, since
5020 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5021 Thus, you have to use
5031 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5032 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5040 menu) to start a new line in an
5052 \begin_layout Subsection
5056 \begin_layout Standard
5057 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5058 or list of references.
5059 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5062 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5066 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5074 \begin_layout Standard
5079 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5080 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5081 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5082 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5086 in anything else or vice versa.
5092 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5093 The book document classes ignores the
5097 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5101 in a letter document class.
5104 \begin_layout Standard
5109 environment does several things for you.
5110 First, it puts the centered label
5111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5119 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5121 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5122 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5123 the subsequent text.
5124 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5125 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5128 \begin_layout Standard
5129 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5133 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5134 The new paragraph will still be in the
5139 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5140 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5143 \begin_layout Standard
5144 \begin_inset Float figure
5149 \begin_layout Standard
5151 \begin_inset Graphics
5152 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5160 \begin_layout Standard
5161 \begin_inset Caption
5163 \begin_layout Standard
5164 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5165 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5186 \begin_layout Standard
5187 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5191 environment, but since this document is in the
5192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5199 class, we can't do this.
5200 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5202 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5203 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5208 If you've never heard of an
5209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5216 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5219 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5225 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5231 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5232 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5239 \begin_layout Standard
5244 environment is used to list references.
5245 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5246 only use it at the end of the document.
5251 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5254 \begin_layout Standard
5255 When you first open a
5259 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5275 depending on the document class.
5276 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5277 Each paragraph of the
5281 environment is a bibliography entry.
5286 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5287 Each new paragraph is still in the
5294 \begin_layout Standard
5295 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5296 in section\InsetSpace ~
5298 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5299 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5306 \begin_layout Subsection
5310 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5311 name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
5316 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5324 \begin_layout Standard
5329 environment is another LyX extension.
5330 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5335 key as a fixed whitespace;
5339 \begin_layout Standard
5350 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5353 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5358 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5359 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5377 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5378 So, when you finish using the
5382 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5383 Also, you can nest the
5387 environment inside of others.
5390 \begin_layout Standard
5391 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5394 \begin_layout Itemize
5399 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5411 \begin_layout Itemize
5424 \begin_layout Itemize
5429 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5436 \begin_layout Itemize
5445 \begin_layout Itemize
5446 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5447 You must put at least one
5451 in any line you want blank.
5452 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5455 \begin_layout Itemize
5456 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5460 since that will insert
5465 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5473 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5476 \begin_layout Standard
5480 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5484 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5488 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5492 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5496 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5497 printf("Hello World!
5502 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5506 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5510 \begin_layout Standard
5511 This is just the standard
5512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5523 \begin_layout Standard
5528 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5529 rc-files, and so on.
5530 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5531 as if you used a typewriter.
5532 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5533 name "Paragraph environments|)"
5540 \begin_layout Section
5541 Nesting Environments
5542 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5543 name "Nesting ! Environments"
5548 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5556 \begin_layout Subsection
5560 \begin_layout Standard
5561 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5563 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5565 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5567 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5579 \begin_layout Enumerate
5583 \begin_layout Enumerate
5588 \begin_layout Enumerate
5592 \begin_layout Enumerate
5597 \begin_layout Enumerate
5601 \begin_layout Standard
5602 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5603 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5605 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5611 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5619 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5620 will tell you how far you are nested).
5621 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5622 \begin_inset Graphics
5623 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
5628 \begin_inset Graphics
5629 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
5633 or the convenient key bindings
5641 to change the nesting level.
5642 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5643 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5647 \begin_layout Standard
5648 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5649 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5650 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5651 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5654 \begin_layout Standard
5655 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5656 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5658 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5661 \begin_layout Subsection
5662 What You Can and Can't Nest
5665 \begin_layout Standard
5666 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5667 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5670 \begin_layout Standard
5671 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5672 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5673 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5676 \begin_layout Itemize
5677 Completely unnestable
5680 \begin_layout Itemize
5681 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
5682 other things inside of them.
5685 \begin_layout Itemize
5686 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
5690 \begin_layout Standard
5691 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
5692 environments have them:
5695 \begin_layout Description
5696 Unnestable Can't nest them.
5697 Can't nest into them.
5701 \begin_layout Itemize
5707 \begin_layout Itemize
5713 \begin_layout Itemize
5721 \begin_layout Itemize
5727 \begin_layout Itemize
5733 \begin_layout Itemize
5741 \begin_layout Itemize
5747 \begin_layout Itemize
5753 \begin_layout Itemize
5759 \begin_layout Itemize
5765 \begin_layout Itemize
5771 \begin_layout Itemize
5777 \begin_layout Itemize
5783 \begin_layout Itemize
5789 \begin_layout Itemize
5795 \begin_layout Itemize
5801 \begin_layout Itemize
5808 \begin_layout Description
5810 Nestable You can nest them.
5811 You can nest other things into them.
5815 \begin_layout Itemize
5821 \begin_layout Itemize
5827 \begin_layout Itemize
5833 \begin_layout Itemize
5839 \begin_layout Itemize
5845 \begin_layout Itemize
5851 \begin_layout Itemize
5857 \begin_layout Itemize
5864 \begin_layout Description
5865 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
5866 You can't nest anything into them.
5870 \begin_layout Itemize
5876 \begin_layout Itemize
5883 \begin_layout Itemize
5890 \begin_layout Standard
5895 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
5909 \begin_layout Subsection
5910 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
5911 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5912 name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
5917 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5918 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
5925 \begin_layout Standard
5926 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
5927 affected by nesting anyhow.
5931 \begin_layout Itemize
5935 \begin_layout Itemize
5939 \begin_layout Itemize
5943 \begin_layout Standard
5945 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5948 \begin_layout Standard
5953 If you put a figure or a table in a
5957 , this is no longer true.
5962 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
5964 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5965 reference "sec:Floats"
5969 for more informations about
5976 \begin_layout Standard
5977 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
5978 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
5982 \begin_layout Standard
5983 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
5984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5991 of its own, it behaves just like a
5992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5999 paragraph environment.
6000 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6004 \begin_layout Standard
6005 Here's an example with a table:
6008 \begin_layout Enumerate
6013 \begin_layout Enumerate
6014 This is (a) and it's nested.
6018 \begin_layout Standard
6019 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6025 \begin_layout Standard
6027 \begin_inset Tabular
6028 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6030 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6031 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6032 <row topline="true">
6033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6036 \begin_layout Standard
6051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6054 \begin_layout Standard
6070 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6074 \begin_layout Standard
6089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6092 \begin_layout Standard
6115 \begin_layout Standard
6116 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6123 \begin_layout Enumerate
6125 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6129 \begin_layout Enumerate
6133 \begin_layout Standard
6134 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6137 \begin_layout Enumerate
6142 \begin_layout Enumerate
6143 This is (a) and it's nested.
6147 \begin_layout Standard
6148 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6154 \begin_layout Standard
6156 \begin_inset Tabular
6157 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6159 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6160 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6161 <row topline="true">
6162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6165 \begin_layout Standard
6180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6183 \begin_layout Standard
6199 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6203 \begin_layout Standard
6218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6221 \begin_layout Standard
6244 \begin_layout Standard
6245 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6251 \begin_layout Enumerate
6258 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6261 \begin_layout Enumerate
6265 \begin_layout Standard
6266 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6270 \begin_layout Standard
6271 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6273 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6276 \begin_layout Enumerate
6281 \begin_layout Enumerate
6282 This is (a) and it's nested.
6285 \begin_layout Standard
6286 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6292 \begin_layout Standard
6294 \begin_inset Tabular
6295 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6297 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6298 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6299 <row topline="true">
6300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6303 \begin_layout Standard
6318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6321 \begin_layout Standard
6337 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6341 \begin_layout Standard
6356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6359 \begin_layout Standard
6382 \begin_layout Standard
6383 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6389 \begin_layout Enumerate
6391 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6399 \begin_layout Enumerate
6403 \begin_layout Standard
6404 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6410 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6411 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6415 \begin_layout Subsection
6416 Usage and General Features
6417 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6418 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
6425 \begin_layout Standard
6426 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6435 is the innermost possible depth.
6436 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6439 \begin_layout Enumerate
6440 level #1 - outermost
6444 \begin_layout Enumerate
6449 \begin_layout Enumerate
6454 \begin_layout Enumerate
6459 \begin_layout Itemize
6464 \begin_layout Itemize
6473 \begin_layout Standard
6474 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6475 both of them in the example.
6476 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6486 For example, if we tried to nest another
6491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6501 \begin_layout Subsection
6503 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6504 name "Nesting ! Examples"
6511 \begin_layout Standard
6512 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6513 We have several examples of nested environments.
6514 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6518 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6519 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6522 \begin_layout Labeling
6523 \labelwidthstring MMM
6524 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6533 \begin_layout Labeling
6534 \labelwidthstring MMM
6535 #2-a This is level #2.
6536 We created it by using
6548 \begin_layout Labeling
6549 \labelwidthstring MMM
6550 #3-a This is level #3.
6551 This time, we just hit
6560 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6573 \begin_layout Standard
6578 environment, nested inside of
6579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6587 So, it's at level #4.
6588 We did this by hitting
6596 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6601 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6617 \begin_layout Standard
6622 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6629 \begin_layout Labeling
6630 \labelwidthstring MMM
6631 #4-a This is level #4.
6636 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6641 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6645 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6650 keep nesting things inside of
6651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6662 \begin_layout Labeling
6663 \labelwidthstring MMM
6664 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6669 \begin_layout Labeling
6670 \labelwidthstring MMM
6671 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6672 and this is level #6.
6673 By now, you should know how we made these two.
6677 \begin_layout Labeling
6678 \labelwidthstring MMM
6679 #5-b Back to level #5.
6692 \begin_layout Labeling
6693 \labelwidthstring MMM
6702 , we're back at level #4.
6706 \begin_layout Labeling
6707 \labelwidthstring MMM
6708 #3-b Back to level #3.
6709 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
6713 \begin_layout Labeling
6714 \labelwidthstring MMM
6715 #2-b Back to level #2.
6720 \begin_layout Labeling
6721 \labelwidthstring MMM
6722 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
6723 After this sentence, we'll hit
6727 and change the paragraph environment back to
6734 \begin_layout Standard
6735 We could have also used the
6751 environment in place of the
6756 The example would have worked exactly the same.
6759 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6760 Example 2: Inheritance
6763 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6764 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
6767 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6777 , after which, we'll change to the
6785 \begin_layout Enumerate
6790 environment, at level #2.
6793 \begin_layout Enumerate
6794 Notice how the nested
6798 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
6802 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
6806 \begin_layout Standard
6807 We ended this example by hitting
6812 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
6816 and resetting the nesting depth by using
6823 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6824 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
6836 \begin_layout Standard
6837 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
6845 \begin_layout Enumerate
6846 This is level #1, in an
6850 paragraph environment.
6851 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
6855 \begin_layout Enumerate
6866 Now, what happens if we nest an
6870 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
6871 label be? An asterisk?
6875 \begin_layout Itemize
6885 environment, even though it's at level #3.
6886 So, its label is a bullet.
6887 (We got here by using
6895 , then changing the environment to
6903 \begin_layout Itemize
6904 Here's level #4, produced using
6913 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6918 \begin_layout Enumerate
6919 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6921 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
6926 Notice the type of numbering, it is
6930 , because we are in the
6954 \begin_layout Enumerate
6959 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
6960 type of numbering does LyX use?
6963 \begin_layout Enumerate
6964 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
6968 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
6971 \begin_layout Enumerate
6976 to decrease the depth after the next
6984 \begin_layout Enumerate
6986 Look what type of label LyX is using!
6990 \begin_layout Enumerate
6992 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
6993 numeral as the label.Why?
6996 \begin_layout Enumerate
6997 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7006 Notice, however, that LyX
7010 reset the counter for the label.
7014 \begin_layout Enumerate
7023 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7024 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7025 into the twofold-nested
7033 \begin_layout Enumerate
7034 The same thing happens if we do another
7042 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7045 \begin_layout Standard
7046 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7051 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7065 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7071 The same rule applies for the
7075 environment, as well.
7078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7079 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7082 \begin_layout Enumerate
7083 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7084 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7085 same detail with how we did it.
7094 \begin_layout Standard
7097 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7099 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7100 example in parentheses someplace.
7101 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7102 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7103 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7107 \begin_layout Enumerate
7112 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7117 Now we'll add verse.
7119 It will get much worse.
7123 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7129 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7131 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7143 \begin_layout Standard
7144 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7150 \begin_layout Standard
7152 \begin_inset Tabular
7153 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7155 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7156 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7161 \begin_layout Standard
7176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7179 \begin_layout Standard
7195 <row topline="true">
7196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7199 \begin_layout Standard
7214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7217 \begin_layout Standard
7244 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7248 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7254 \begin_layout Enumerate
7259 : level #1) This is another item.
7260 Note that selecting a
7264 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7265 3 times to put the table inside the
7273 \begin_layout Quotation
7274 We're now ending the
7278 list and changing to
7283 We're still at level #1.
7284 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7285 The next set of paragraphs is a
7286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7302 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7306 for the letter body.
7311 to preserve the depth.
7312 Remember that you need to use
7316 to create multiple lines inside the
7330 \begin_layout Right Address
7333 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7338 \begin_layout Address
7339 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7343 \begin_layout Quotation
7344 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7345 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7348 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7349 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7350 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7351 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7352 as soon as possible.
7353 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7356 \begin_layout Quotation
7357 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7358 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7359 with your order, along with payment.
7362 \begin_layout Quotation
7363 We thank you again for your patience.
7366 \begin_layout Address
7373 \begin_layout Quotation
7374 That ends that example!
7377 \begin_layout Standard
7378 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7379 just a few keystrokes.
7380 We could have easily nested an
7401 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7404 \begin_layout Section
7405 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7408 \begin_layout Subsection
7410 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7411 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7418 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7424 \begin_layout Standard
7425 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7426 in a uniform fashion.
7427 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7428 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7429 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7430 equally between themselves.
7434 \begin_layout Standard
7439 can be inserted with
7441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7442 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7443 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7447 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7452 This is on the left side
7454 This is on the right
7477 \begin_layout Standard
7478 That was an example in the
7484 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7490 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7493 is one in a standard paragraph.
7494 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7498 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7501 \begin_layout Standard
7502 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7503 Here's an example with the
7510 \begin_layout Labeling
7511 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7523 \begin_layout Standard
7525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7532 marks the beginning of the item.
7533 (There is actually a
7534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7541 HFill inside of the label of the
7545 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7554 situations, like two-column mode.
7557 \begin_layout Standard
7558 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7561 \begin_layout Standard
7566 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7570 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7571 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7572 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7582 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7584 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7597 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7598 Other space variants
7599 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7600 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7607 \begin_layout Standard
7608 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7609 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7611 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7617 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7619 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7622 \begin_layout Paragraph
7626 \begin_layout Standard
7627 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7628 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7639 For example the command
7646 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7649 cm space within the following line:
7652 \begin_layout Standard
7654 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7661 \begin_layout Standard
7671 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7675 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7678 cm space between the arrows.
7681 \begin_layout Standard
7682 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7684 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7685 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7692 \begin_layout Paragraph
7696 \begin_layout Standard
7697 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
7699 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
7702 \begin_layout Standard
7703 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7706 What is correct English?:
7711 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
7717 \begin_layout Standard
7733 \begin_layout Standard
7744 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7750 \begin_layout Standard
7751 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
7752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7762 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
7769 In our case write the command
7776 (note the space after
7777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7784 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
7785 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
7786 That is why it is named
7787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7798 \begin_layout Standard
7799 There exists also the commands
7811 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
7812 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
7813 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7814 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
7826 \begin_layout Subsection
7828 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7829 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
7836 \begin_layout Standard
7837 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
7839 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7840 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7841 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
7845 There you find the following sizes:
7848 \begin_layout Standard
7861 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
7866 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
7868 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7870 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
7871 name "Document ! Settings"
7877 for the paragraph separation.
7878 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
7889 \begin_layout Standard
7894 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
7895 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
7897 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
7898 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
7907 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
7911 \begin_layout Standard
7916 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
7918 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7919 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7928 If there are several
7932 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
7933 You can therefore use
7937 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
7940 \begin_layout Standard
7945 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7947 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7948 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7955 \begin_layout Standard
7956 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7959 \begin_layout Standard
7966 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
7967 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
7979 \begin_layout Subsection
7983 \begin_layout Standard
7984 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
7986 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7990 There are four possibilities:
7993 \begin_layout Itemize
7999 \begin_layout Itemize
8005 \begin_layout Itemize
8011 \begin_layout Itemize
8017 \begin_layout Standard
8018 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8019 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8020 the left and right margins.
8021 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8024 \begin_layout Standard
8026 This paragraph is right aligned,
8029 \begin_layout Standard
8031 this one is centered,
8034 \begin_layout Standard
8036 this one is left aligned.
8039 \begin_layout Subsection
8041 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8042 name "Pagebreaks ! Forced"
8047 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8048 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
8055 \begin_layout Standard
8056 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8057 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8058 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8059 Only if you use many
8063 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8066 \begin_layout Standard
8067 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8068 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8072 have to change the pagebreaking.
8075 \begin_layout Standard
8076 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8078 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8080 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8081 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8086 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8087 that it fills out the complete page.
8088 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8089 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8090 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8101 \begin_layout Standard
8102 For more about ERT see section\InsetSpace ~
8104 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8115 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8116 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8120 \begin_layout Standard
8121 normally one uses simply
8133 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8134 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8137 \begin_layout Standard
8138 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8139 at the top of a page.
8140 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8141 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8142 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8143 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8145 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8146 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8157 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8159 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8160 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
8165 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8166 name "Pagebreaks ! Clear"
8173 \begin_layout Standard
8174 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
8175 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
8176 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
8177 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
8178 if necessary by adding pages.
8181 \begin_layout Standard
8182 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
8184 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8185 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8190 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
8192 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8193 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8198 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
8199 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
8202 \begin_layout Subsection
8204 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8210 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8211 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
8218 \begin_layout Standard
8219 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8221 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8223 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8224 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8233 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8234 whole space between the page margins.
8235 This is necessary to avoid
8236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8243 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8244 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8256 The syntax is similar tho the command
8262 , described in the previous section.
8265 \begin_layout Standard
8266 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8267 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8268 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8269 set a linebreak, e.g.
8270 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8272 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8273 reference "sec:Quote"
8278 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8279 reference "sec:Verse"
8284 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8285 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
8292 \begin_layout Subsection
8294 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8302 \begin_layout Standard
8303 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
8304 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
8305 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
8306 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
8308 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8312 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8314 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8315 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8320 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8321 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
8328 \begin_layout Standard
8329 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8330 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
8331 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
8332 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
8333 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
8335 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8336 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8341 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8342 In this case, insert one with
8344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8345 Special\InsetSpace ~
8346 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8347 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
8357 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8359 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8360 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8365 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8366 name "Spaces ! protected"
8373 \begin_layout Standard
8374 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8376 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8380 Further documentation is given in section
8383 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8384 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8392 \begin_layout Standard
8393 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8406 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8407 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8416 A protected space is set with
8418 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8419 Special\InsetSpace ~
8420 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8435 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8437 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8438 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8443 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8444 name "Spaces ! thin"
8451 \begin_layout Standard
8453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8460 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8469 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8470 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8471 inside abbreviations:
8475 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8477 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8478 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
8482 \begin_layout Standard
8483 or between values and units.
8484 Compare for example this:
8486 10\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8492 \begin_layout Standard
8493 You can insert thin spaces with the menu
8495 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8496 Special\InsetSpace ~
8497 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8508 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8512 \begin_layout Standard
8513 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
8514 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via a formula
8515 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
8517 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8518 reference "sub:Altering-Spacing"
8527 Te latter means to type
8531 space-insert <command>
8538 into the command buffer, where
8542 is one of the following:
8546 \begin_layout Standard
8548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8555 is explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8557 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8558 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8570 \begin_layout Standard
8572 \begin_inset Tabular
8573 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
8575 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8576 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8577 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
8578 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8582 \begin_layout Standard
8590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8593 \begin_layout Standard
8601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8604 \begin_layout Standard
8613 <row topline="true">
8614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8617 \begin_layout Standard
8625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8628 \begin_layout Standard
8635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8638 \begin_layout Standard
8645 <row topline="true">
8646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8649 \begin_layout Standard
8657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8660 \begin_layout Standard
8667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8670 \begin_layout Standard
8677 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8681 \begin_layout Standard
8689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8692 \begin_layout Standard
8699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8702 \begin_layout Standard
8709 <row bottomline="true">
8710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8713 \begin_layout Standard
8721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8724 \begin_layout Standard
8731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8734 \begin_layout Standard
8741 <row bottomline="true">
8742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8745 \begin_layout Standard
8753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8756 \begin_layout Standard
8763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8766 \begin_layout Standard
8773 <row bottomline="true">
8774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8777 \begin_layout Standard
8785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8788 \begin_layout Standard
8795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8798 \begin_layout Standard
8805 <row bottomline="true">
8806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8809 \begin_layout Standard
8817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8820 \begin_layout Standard
8827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8830 \begin_layout Standard
8837 <row bottomline="true">
8838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8841 \begin_layout Standard
8849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8852 \begin_layout Standard
8859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8862 \begin_layout Standard
8876 \begin_layout Subsection
8878 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8879 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
8884 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8885 name "Horizontal lines"
8892 \begin_layout Standard
8897 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8898 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8899 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
8902 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
8908 \begin_layout Section
8909 Fonts and Text Styles
8910 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8911 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
8918 \begin_layout Subsection
8920 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8928 \begin_layout Standard
8929 There are two types of fonts:
8932 \begin_layout Description
8935 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8936 name "Fonts ! Vector-"
8940 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
8941 characters) in the font.
8942 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
8943 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
8944 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
8945 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
8946 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
8947 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
8948 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
8949 provide a good image.
8951 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
8952 size and scale them.
8953 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
8954 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
8955 sizes than at small ones.
8973 \begin_layout Description
8976 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8977 name "Fonts ! Bitmap-"
8981 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
8982 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
8983 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
8984 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
8985 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
8986 picture manipulation program.
8987 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
8988 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
8989 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
8990 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
8991 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
8993 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
8994 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
8996 Bitmap fonts are named
9002 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9005 \begin_layout Standard
9006 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9007 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9008 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9009 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9013 \begin_layout Standard
9014 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9015 its document properties.
9018 \begin_layout Standard
9019 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9020 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9021 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9022 font to emphasize text, you use an
9023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9031 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9032 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9036 \begin_layout Subsection
9037 Document Font and Font size
9038 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9039 name "sub:Document-Font"
9044 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9050 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9051 name "Document ! Font"
9058 \begin_layout Standard
9059 You can set the document fonts in the
9061 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9065 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9066 name "Document ! Settings"
9071 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9072 font shapes roman (serif),
9084 \begin_layout Standard
9085 The possible options for the font include
9089 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9094 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9116 European Computer Modern
9119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9129 \begin_layout Standard
9138 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9139 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9143 \begin_layout Standard
9144 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9149 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9155 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9156 There are three ways to use one:
9159 \begin_layout Itemize
9160 One way is to use the
9170 Virtual means that it
9171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9182 -glyphs from other fonts.
9183 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9204 \begin_layout Standard
9205 Loading the LaTeX-package
9208 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9209 name "LaTeX-packages ! aeguill"
9215 with the document preamble line
9218 \begin_layout Standard
9223 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
9226 \begin_layout Standard
9227 will fix the guillemet problem.
9232 and that accented characters are not
9236 glyph, they are build of
9240 characters, the accent and the letter.
9241 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
9245 fonts for words with accented characters.
9246 If you search for example for the French word
9247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9254 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
9256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9263 and not for the glyph
9264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9275 \begin_layout Itemize
9276 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
9280 \begin_layout Standard
9289 , consists of these three main font types
9316 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
9317 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
9324 The differences between roman,
9333 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9335 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9336 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9347 was originally designed for newspapers.
9348 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
9349 into the small newspaper columns.
9355 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
9358 \begin_layout Itemize
9359 The best solution is to use the
9364 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
9371 \begin_layout Standard
9372 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9375 For the font size there are four possible values:
9392 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
9395 \begin_layout Standard
9396 The font sizes are the
9401 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
9402 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
9403 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
9409 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9411 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9412 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9419 \begin_layout Standard
9420 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9424 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9427 \begin_layout Standard
9432 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
9436 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
9437 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
9438 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
9440 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9443 dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
9445 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9446 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
9458 \begin_layout Subsection
9459 Using Different Character Styles
9460 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9461 name "Character Styles"
9466 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9474 \begin_layout Standard
9475 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
9476 certain paragraph environments.
9477 LyX supports two character styles,
9486 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
9490 \begin_layout Standard
9495 style, do one of the following:
9498 \begin_layout Itemize
9499 click on the toolbar button
9500 \begin_inset Graphics
9501 filename ../images/font-noun.png
9508 \begin_layout Itemize
9515 \begin_layout Standard
9516 These commands are all toggles.
9521 style is already active, they deactivate it.
9524 \begin_layout Standard
9525 One typically uses the
9529 style for proper names.
9531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9538 is the original author of LyX.
9539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9545 \begin_layout Standard
9546 A more widely used character style is the
9551 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
9558 \begin_layout Itemize
9559 clicking on the toolbar button
9560 \begin_inset Graphics
9561 filename ../images/font-emph.png
9568 \begin_layout Itemize
9569 using the keybindings
9575 \begin_layout Standard
9580 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
9581 es use a different font.
9584 \begin_layout Standard
9585 We've been using the
9589 style all over the place in this document.
9590 Here's one more example:
9593 \begin_layout Quotation
9596 Don't overuse character styles!
9599 \begin_layout Standard
9600 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
9601 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
9602 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
9603 the common tendency to overuse character style.
9607 \begin_layout Standard
9608 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
9615 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9622 \begin_layout Subsection
9623 Fine-Tuning with the
9628 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9629 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9634 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9642 \begin_layout Standard
9643 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
9644 gives you a way to create custom character style.
9645 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
9646 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
9647 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
9648 from ordinary dialog.
9651 \begin_layout Standard
9652 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
9653 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
9655 Documents that overuse
9656 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
9657 has knocked huge holes in it.
9660 \begin_layout Standard
9661 To use custom character styles, open the
9663 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9668 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
9669 font property which you can choose.
9670 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
9675 , which keeps the current state of that property.
9680 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
9681 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
9682 environments in a snap.
9685 \begin_layout Standard
9686 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
9698 \begin_layout Labeling
9699 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9713 The possible options are:
9717 \begin_layout Labeling
9718 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9723 This is the Roman font family.
9724 Normally a serif font.
9725 It's also the default family.
9730 \begin_layout Standard
9748 \begin_layout Standard
9756 \begin_inset Note Note
9759 \begin_layout Standard
9760 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
9761 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9763 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9764 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
9776 \begin_layout Labeling
9777 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9785 This is the Sans Serif font family.
9792 \begin_layout Standard
9810 \begin_layout Standard
9820 \begin_layout Labeling
9821 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9828 This is the Typewriter font family.
9835 \begin_layout Standard
9853 \begin_layout Standard
9866 \begin_layout Labeling
9867 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9872 This corresponds to the print weight.
9877 \begin_layout Labeling
9878 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9883 This is the Medium font series.
9884 It's also the default series.
9887 \begin_layout Labeling
9888 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9895 This is the Bold font series.
9902 \begin_layout Standard
9920 \begin_layout Standard
9931 \begin_layout Labeling
9932 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9937 As the name implies.
9942 \begin_layout Labeling
9943 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9948 This is the Upright font shape.
9949 It's also the default shape.
9952 \begin_layout Labeling
9953 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9967 s the Italic font shape
9973 \begin_layout Labeling
9974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9981 This is the Slanted font shape
9983 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
9986 \begin_layout Labeling
9987 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9995 This is the Small caps font shape
10002 \begin_layout Labeling
10003 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10008 Alters the size of the font.
10009 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10010 nal to the document font size.
10011 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10012 what you want to do.
10017 \begin_layout Labeling
10018 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10040 \begin_layout Standard
10058 \begin_layout Standard
10069 \begin_layout Standard
10087 \begin_layout Standard
10097 \begin_layout Labeling
10098 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10120 \begin_layout Standard
10138 \begin_layout Standard
10148 \begin_layout Labeling
10149 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10171 \begin_layout Standard
10189 \begin_layout Standard
10200 \begin_layout Standard
10218 \begin_layout Standard
10228 \begin_layout Labeling
10229 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10251 \begin_layout Standard
10269 \begin_layout Standard
10280 \begin_layout Standard
10298 \begin_layout Standard
10308 \begin_layout Labeling
10309 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10323 It's also the default size.
10328 \begin_layout Standard
10346 \begin_layout Standard
10357 \begin_layout Standard
10375 \begin_layout Standard
10385 \begin_layout Labeling
10386 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10408 \begin_layout Standard
10426 \begin_layout Standard
10437 \begin_layout Standard
10455 \begin_layout Standard
10465 \begin_layout Labeling
10466 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10488 \begin_layout Standard
10506 \begin_layout Standard
10517 \begin_layout Standard
10535 \begin_layout Standard
10545 \begin_layout Labeling
10546 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10568 \begin_layout Standard
10586 \begin_layout Standard
10596 \begin_layout Labeling
10597 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10619 \begin_layout Standard
10637 \begin_layout Standard
10648 \begin_layout Standard
10666 \begin_layout Standard
10676 \begin_layout Labeling
10677 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10699 \begin_layout Standard
10717 \begin_layout Standard
10728 \begin_layout Standard
10746 \begin_layout Standard
10757 \begin_layout Standard
10762 : don't go crazy with this feature.
10763 You should almost never need to change the font size.
10764 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
10765 - use that instead.
10766 This is here for fine-tuning only!
10769 \begin_layout Labeling
10770 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10775 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
10780 \begin_layout Labeling
10781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10788 This is text with emphasize on
10791 This might seem like the same as
10795 , but it is actually a bit different.
10801 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
10803 Normally this font is equal to italic.
10806 \begin_layout Labeling
10807 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10814 This is text with Underbar on.
10821 \begin_layout Standard
10839 \begin_layout Standard
10852 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
10853 when you couldn't change fonts.
10854 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
10855 It's only included in LyX because some people
10859 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
10862 \begin_layout Labeling
10863 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10870 This is text with Noun on.
10877 , this is a logical attribute.
10878 Normally it's equivalent to
10887 \begin_layout Labeling
10888 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10893 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
10894 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
10900 , which is the default
10901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10908 and means normally black, you can choose between
10941 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10942 name "Color ! Text"
10949 \begin_layout Labeling
10950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10955 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
10956 the language of the document.
10957 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
10961 \begin_layout Standard
10962 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
10963 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
10965 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10969 dialog, the settings are saved.
10970 You can activate them using the toolbar button
10971 \begin_inset Graphics
10972 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
10977 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
10978 when the dialog isn't visible.
10982 \begin_layout Standard
10983 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
10989 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
10990 (suppose you just set the shape to
10991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11008 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
11018 \begin_layout Standard
11019 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
11036 \begin_layout Itemize
11042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11049 font, that means every character has the same width, the
11050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11072 \begin_layout Standard
11085 \begin_layout Standard
11097 \begin_inset Note Note
11100 \begin_layout Standard
11101 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
11103 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11104 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
11118 \begin_layout Itemize
11123 fonts use characters with serifs.
11124 These are the small
11125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11132 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
11133 The following example will show the difference:
11139 text without serifs
11143 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
11144 They are therefore used as default font (named
11151 \begin_layout Itemize
11157 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
11158 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
11161 \begin_layout Standard
11162 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
11163 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
11166 \begin_layout Section
11167 Printing and Previewing
11170 \begin_layout Subsection
11174 \begin_layout Standard
11175 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11176 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11177 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
11178 goes on behind-the-scenes.
11179 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
11181 Extended\InsetSpace ~
11187 \begin_layout Standard
11188 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
11189 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
11190 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
11191 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11192 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11193 This happens in two stages:
11196 \begin_layout Enumerate
11197 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11198 generating a file with the extension,
11199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11213 \begin_layout Enumerate
11214 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11218 file to produce printable output.
11222 \begin_layout Subsection
11223 Output file formats
11224 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11225 name "File formats"
11230 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11231 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
11238 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11240 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11241 name "File formats ! ASCII"
11248 \begin_layout Standard
11249 This file type has the extension
11250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11262 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
11263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11266 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
11267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11273 \begin_layout Standard
11274 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
11276 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11277 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11283 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11285 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11286 name "File formats ! LaTeX"
11293 \begin_layout Standard
11294 This file type has the extension
11295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11306 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
11308 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
11309 it manually with console commands.
11310 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
11311 you view or export your document.
11314 \begin_layout Standard
11315 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
11317 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11318 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11323 \begin_layout Standard
11335 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11337 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11338 name "File formats ! DVI"
11345 \begin_layout Standard
11346 This file type has the extension
11347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11367 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
11368 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11369 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
11371 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
11375 \begin_layout Standard
11376 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11379 \begin_layout Standard
11384 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
11385 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
11390 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
11391 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
11392 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
11393 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
11396 \begin_layout Standard
11397 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
11399 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11400 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11406 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11408 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11409 name "File formats ! PostScript"
11416 \begin_layout Standard
11417 This file type has the extension
11418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11430 PostScript was developed by the company
11434 as printer language.
11435 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
11437 PostScript can be seen as
11438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11441 programming language
11442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11445 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
11449 \begin_layout Standard
11450 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
11456 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11457 name "LaTeX-packages ! pstricks"
11466 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
11469 \begin_layout Standard
11470 PostScript can only contain images in the format
11471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11474 Encapsulated PostScript
11475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11478 (EPS, file extension
11479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11491 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
11492 to convert them in the background to EPS.
11493 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
11494 whenever you view or export your document.
11495 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
11496 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
11497 EPS to avoid this problem.
11500 \begin_layout Standard
11501 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
11503 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11504 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11510 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11512 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11513 name "File formats ! PDF"
11518 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11526 \begin_layout Standard
11527 This file type has the extension
11528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11544 Portable Document Format
11545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11548 (PDF) is developed by
11552 as derivative from PostScript.
11553 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
11555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11562 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
11563 looks exactly the same.
11566 \begin_layout Standard
11567 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
11568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11571 Joint Photographic Experts Group
11572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11575 (JPG, file extension
11576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11603 Portable Network Graphics
11604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11607 (PNG, file extension
11608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11620 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
11621 in the background to one of these formats.
11622 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
11623 will slow down your workflow.
11624 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
11627 \begin_layout Standard
11628 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
11630 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11633 in three different ways:
11636 \begin_layout Description
11637 PDF This uses the program
11641 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
11642 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
11646 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
11647 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
11650 \begin_layout Description
11652 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
11656 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
11660 \begin_layout Description
11662 (pdflatex) This uses the program
11666 that converts your file directly to PDF.
11669 \begin_layout Standard
11670 We recommend to use
11679 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
11685 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
11688 \begin_layout Subsection
11690 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11691 name "Document ! Preview "
11698 \begin_layout Standard
11699 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11700 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
11704 and choose a file type.
11705 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
11708 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11711 you can use the toolbar button
11712 \begin_inset Graphics
11713 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
11723 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11727 you can use the toolbar button
11728 \begin_inset Graphics
11729 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
11736 \begin_layout Standard
11737 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
11738 viewer window using the menu
11740 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11746 \begin_layout Standard
11747 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
11749 To have a real output, export your document.
11752 \begin_layout Subsection
11753 Printing the File from within LyX
11754 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11755 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
11762 \begin_layout Standard
11763 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
11764 it directly from within LyX.
11765 To print a file, select the menu
11767 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11770 or click on the toolbar button
11771 \begin_inset Graphics
11772 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
11777 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
11778 This file is then processed by the program
11782 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
11787 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
11790 \begin_layout Standard
11791 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11792 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
11793 printing one set to print on the other side.
11794 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11795 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11796 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11799 \begin_layout Standard
11800 You can set the parameters in the
11808 \begin_layout Labeling
11809 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11814 This is the name of the printer to print to.
11818 \begin_layout Standard
11819 Note that this printer name is for the program
11828 has to be configured for this printer name.
11829 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
11831 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11832 reference "sub:Printer"
11841 The printer should understand PostScript.
11844 \begin_layout Labeling
11845 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11850 The name of a file to print to.
11851 The output will be a PostScript file.
11852 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
11856 \begin_layout Section
11857 A few Words about Typography
11858 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11866 \begin_layout Subsection
11868 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11874 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11882 \begin_layout Standard
11884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11895 character comes in three lengths, often called the
11910 \begin_layout Enumerate
11916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11930 \begin_layout Enumerate
11936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11945 \begin_layout Standard
11957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11963 \begin_layout Enumerate
11969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11978 \begin_layout Standard
11991 \begin_layout Standard
12003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12009 \begin_layout Enumerate
12013 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12033 \begin_layout Standard
12034 You generate them by inserting the
12035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12046 character multiple times in a row.
12047 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
12048 final output, but not in LyX.
12051 \begin_layout Standard
12052 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
12053 math mode and has a length of its own.
12054 Here are some examples of the
12055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12069 \begin_layout Enumerate
12070 line- and page-breaks
12079 \begin_layout Enumerate
12089 \begin_layout Enumerate
12090 Oh --- there's a dash.
12099 \begin_layout Enumerate
12100 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12112 \begin_layout Subsection
12114 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12120 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12121 name "sub:Hyphenation"
12128 \begin_layout Standard
12129 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
12130 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
12133 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12134 name "LaTeX-packages ! babel"
12140 following the rules of the document language
12144 \begin_layout Standard
12145 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
12152 German\InsetSpace ~
12158 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12169 \begin_layout Standard
12170 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
12175 and with unusual constructs, like
12176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12184 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
12185 This is done with the menu
12187 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12188 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12189 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12193 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12194 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
12197 \begin_layout Standard
12198 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
12199 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
12200 a hyphen and a space in the form
12201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12209 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
12210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12217 as hyphenation possibility.
12218 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
12219 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
12220 of the LaTeX-box-command
12226 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
12227 As LyX doesn't support
12233 , we have to use ERT.
12234 The result looks in LyX like:
12237 \begin_layout Standard
12238 \begin_inset Graphics
12239 filename clipart/mbox.png
12246 \begin_layout Standard
12247 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
12249 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12250 reference "sec:ERT"
12257 \begin_layout Subsection
12259 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12260 name "Punctuation marks"
12267 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12268 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12269 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12270 name "sub:Abbreviations"
12277 \begin_layout Standard
12278 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12279 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12280 LaTeX then adds the
12281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12284 appropriate amount of space
12285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12289 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
12291 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12294 \begin_layout Standard
12295 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
12298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12309 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12310 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12313 \begin_layout Standard
12314 Here are some examples of
12318 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12321 \begin_layout Itemize
12326 \begin_layout Itemize
12331 \begin_layout Standard
12332 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12335 \begin_layout Itemize
12338 this is too much space!
12341 \begin_layout Itemize
12346 \begin_layout Standard
12347 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12350 \begin_layout Standard
12351 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12354 \begin_layout Enumerate
12357 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12360 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12362 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12363 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
12368 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12369 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
12376 \begin_layout Enumerate
12382 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12384 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12385 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
12390 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12391 name "Spaces ! thin"
12398 \begin_layout Enumerate
12403 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12409 Special\InsetSpace ~
12412 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12413 This function is also bound to
12420 \begin_layout Standard
12421 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12424 \begin_layout Itemize
12425 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12426 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12427 this is too much space!
12430 \begin_layout Itemize
12431 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12435 \begin_layout Standard
12436 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12437 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
12438 LaTeX will care about this.
12441 \begin_layout Standard
12442 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12445 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12449 feature described in section
12460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12462 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12463 name "Typography ! Quotes"
12468 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12469 name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
12474 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12482 \begin_layout Standard
12483 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12484 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12485 and use a closing quote at the end.
12487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12495 The keyboard character,
12499 , generates this automatically.
12502 \begin_layout Standard
12503 You can change the behavior of the
12507 key using the submenu
12513 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12517 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12518 name "Document ! Settings"
12525 \begin_layout Standard
12526 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
12531 There are six choices:
12534 \begin_layout Labeling
12535 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12547 Use quotes like this
12548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12556 \begin_inset Quotes els
12560 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12566 \begin_layout Labeling
12567 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12570 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12574 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12580 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12584 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12588 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12594 \begin_layout Labeling
12595 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12598 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12602 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12608 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12612 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12616 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12620 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12626 \begin_layout Labeling
12627 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12630 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12634 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12640 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12644 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12648 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12652 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12658 \begin_layout Labeling
12659 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12662 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12666 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12672 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12676 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12680 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12684 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12690 \begin_layout Labeling
12691 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12694 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12698 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12704 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12708 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12712 \begin_inset Quotes als
12716 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12722 \begin_layout Standard
12723 These settings affects what character the
12730 \begin_layout Subsection
12732 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12733 name "Typography ! Ligatures"
12738 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12739 name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
12744 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12745 name "sub:Ligatures"
12752 \begin_layout Standard
12753 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12754 print them as single characters.
12755 These groups are known as
12760 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
12762 Here are the standard ligatures:
12765 \begin_layout Itemize
12769 \begin_layout Itemize
12773 \begin_layout Itemize
12777 \begin_layout Itemize
12781 \begin_layout Itemize
12785 \begin_layout Standard
12786 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
12789 \begin_layout Standard
12790 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12791 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12799 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12815 To break a ligature, use
12817 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12818 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12819 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12835 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12852 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12860 \begin_layout Subsection
12862 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12863 name "LyX ! Proper names"
12868 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12869 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
12876 \begin_layout Standard
12877 You have surely noticed, that the word
12878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12885 appears always with characters in different size and height.
12886 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
12887 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
12888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12895 \begin_layout Standard
12903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12907 \begin_inset Note Note
12910 \begin_layout Standard
12911 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
12912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12919 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
12920 To create proper names omit the ERT.
12925 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
12929 \begin_layout Description
12930 LyX The name of the game, write
12931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12938 \begin_layout Standard
12946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12952 \begin_layout Description
12953 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
12954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12961 \begin_layout Standard
12969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12975 \begin_layout Description
12976 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
12977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12984 \begin_layout Standard
12992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12998 \begin_layout Description
12999 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
13000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13007 \begin_layout Standard
13015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13021 \begin_layout Standard
13022 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
13023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13027 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
13031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13035 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
13036 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
13037 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
13040 : The actual version is
13041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13048 , the previous one was
13049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13059 \begin_layout Standard
13060 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
13061 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
13062 This will look in LyX like:
13063 \begin_inset Graphics
13064 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
13070 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
13072 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13073 reference "sec:ERT"
13080 \begin_layout Subsection
13082 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13083 name "Typography ! Units"
13090 \begin_layout Standard
13091 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
13092 space between two words.
13093 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
13096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13103 for units use the menu
13105 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13106 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13117 \begin_layout Standard
13118 Here's an example to show the differences:
13121 \begin_layout Standard
13122 \begin_inset Tabular
13123 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
13125 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13126 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13131 \begin_layout Standard
13134 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13145 \begin_layout Standard
13146 space between number and unit
13153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13156 \begin_layout Standard
13157 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13159 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13170 \begin_layout Standard
13171 half space between number and unit
13184 \begin_layout Subsection
13186 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13187 name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
13192 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13200 \begin_layout Standard
13201 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13203 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13204 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13205 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13206 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13207 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13208 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13219 \begin_layout Standard
13220 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13221 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13222 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13223 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13224 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13225 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13226 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13229 \begin_layout Standard
13230 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13231 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13232 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13234 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13235 key "latexcompanion"
13241 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13246 ] may have more information.
13247 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13250 \begin_layout Chapter
13251 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
13252 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13253 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
13260 \begin_layout Standard
13261 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
13266 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
13269 \begin_layout Section
13271 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13277 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13285 \begin_layout Standard
13286 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
13289 \begin_layout Description
13291 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
13294 \begin_inset Note Note
13297 \begin_layout Standard
13298 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
13306 \begin_layout Description
13307 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
13308 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
13310 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13311 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13312 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
13317 \begin_inset Note Comment
13320 \begin_layout Standard
13321 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
13329 \begin_layout Description
13330 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
13331 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
13336 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13339 \begin_layout Standard
13344 \begin_layout Standard
13345 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
13346 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
13347 How this can be done is explained in the
13356 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
13365 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
13366 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
13369 \begin_layout Description
13370 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
13372 \begin_inset Note Framed
13375 \begin_layout Standard
13376 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
13381 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
13383 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13384 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
13388 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
13392 \begin_layout Description
13393 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
13394 \begin_inset Note Shaded
13397 \begin_layout Standard
13398 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
13403 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
13404 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
13407 \begin_layout Standard
13408 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
13409 \begin_inset Graphics
13410 filename ../images/note-insert.png
13412 scaleBeforeRotation
13418 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13422 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
13425 \begin_layout Section
13427 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13433 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13434 name "sec:Footnotes"
13441 \begin_layout Standard
13442 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
13445 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13448 or the toolbar button
13449 \begin_inset Graphics
13450 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
13463 \begin_inset Graphics
13464 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
13474 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13503 label, the box will
13507 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
13508 Clicking on the box label again, will close
13521 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
13537 \begin_layout Standard
13538 Here's an example footnote:
13546 \begin_layout Standard
13547 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13555 \begin_layout Standard
13556 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
13557 position where the footnote box is placed.
13558 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
13559 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
13560 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
13561 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
13562 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
13567 ey are described in the
13574 \begin_layout Section
13576 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13577 name "Marginal notes"
13582 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13583 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
13590 \begin_layout Standard
13591 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13592 When you insert a margin note via the menu
13594 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13595 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
13598 or the toolbar button
13599 \begin_inset Graphics
13600 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
13620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13627 appearing within your text.
13628 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
13637 \begin_layout Standard
13638 At the side is an example marginal note.
13642 \begin_inset Marginal
13645 \begin_layout Standard
13646 This is a marginal note.
13654 \begin_layout Standard
13655 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
13656 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
13657 pages, right on odd pages.
13660 \begin_layout Section
13661 Graphics and Images
13662 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13668 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13674 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13675 name "sec:Graphics"
13682 \begin_layout Standard
13683 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
13684 you want and click on the toolbar icon
13685 \begin_inset Graphics
13686 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
13692 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13696 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
13699 \begin_layout Standard
13700 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
13705 tab allows you to choose your image file.
13706 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
13707 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
13709 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
13711 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13712 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
13719 \begin_layout Standard
13724 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
13725 of the image in the output.
13726 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
13738 bounding\InsetSpace ~
13741 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
13742 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
13750 \begin_layout Standard
13751 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13756 You can also set the
13760 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
13761 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13763 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13764 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13774 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
13775 image size is printed.
13778 \begin_layout Standard
13779 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
13780 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
13782 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
13783 centered paragraph:
13786 \begin_layout Standard
13788 \begin_inset Graphics
13789 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13792 rotateOrigin center
13799 \begin_layout Standard
13800 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
13801 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
13803 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13804 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13811 \begin_layout Subsection
13813 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13814 name "Image formats"
13819 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13820 name "sub:Image-Formats"
13827 \begin_layout Standard
13828 You can insert images in any known file format.
13829 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13831 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13832 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13836 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
13837 LyX uses therefore the program
13841 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
13842 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
13843 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
13845 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13846 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13853 \begin_layout Standard
13854 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
13857 \begin_layout Description
13858 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
13859 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
13860 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
13861 Well-known bitmap image formats are
13862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13865 Graphics Interchange Format
13866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13869 (GIF, file extension
13870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13882 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13883 name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
13888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13891 Portable Network Graphics
13892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13895 (PNG, file extension
13896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13908 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13909 name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
13914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13917 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13921 (JPG, file extension
13922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13946 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13947 name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
13954 \begin_layout Description
13955 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
13956 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
13958 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
13959 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
13960 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
13963 calable image formats can be
13964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13967 Scalable Vector Graphics
13968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13971 (SVG, file extension
13972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13984 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13985 name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
13990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13993 Encapsulated PostScript
13994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13997 (EPS, file extension
13998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14010 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14011 name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
14016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14019 Portable Document Format
14020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14023 (PDF, file extension
14024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14036 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14042 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
14043 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
14044 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
14049 \begin_layout Standard
14050 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
14058 \begin_layout Standard
14059 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
14063 \begin_layout Section
14065 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14071 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14079 \begin_layout Standard
14080 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
14081 \begin_inset Graphics
14082 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
14089 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14093 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14094 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
14095 from the rest of the table.
14096 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
14097 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
14099 Here's an example table:
14102 \begin_layout Standard
14104 \begin_inset Tabular
14105 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14107 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14108 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14109 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14110 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14111 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14115 \begin_layout Standard
14121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14124 \begin_layout Standard
14139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14142 \begin_layout Standard
14148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14151 \begin_layout Standard
14158 <row topline="true">
14159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14162 \begin_layout Standard
14177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14180 \begin_layout Standard
14186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14189 \begin_layout Standard
14195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14198 \begin_layout Standard
14205 <row topline="true">
14206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14209 \begin_layout Standard
14224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14227 \begin_layout Standard
14233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14236 \begin_layout Standard
14246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14249 \begin_layout Standard
14256 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14260 \begin_layout Standard
14275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14278 \begin_layout Standard
14284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14287 \begin_layout Standard
14293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14296 \begin_layout Standard
14310 \begin_layout Subsection
14314 \begin_layout Standard
14315 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
14316 brings up the table dialog.
14317 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
14318 where the cursor is placed currently.
14319 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
14320 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
14321 done on all of your selection.
14324 \begin_layout Standard
14325 Additionally to the table dialog the
14330 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
14332 It is for example currently only possible to add\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14333 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14334 delete lines via the table
14338 \begin_layout Standard
14344 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
14345 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
14346 current cell respectively.
14347 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
14349 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
14350 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
14352 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14353 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
14360 \begin_layout Standard
14361 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
14367 This will merge the cells to
14371 cell, spread over more than one column.
14372 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
14373 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
14374 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
14375 in the last row without the upper border:
14378 \begin_layout Standard
14380 \begin_inset Tabular
14381 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
14382 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
14383 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14384 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
14385 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14386 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14387 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14391 \begin_layout Standard
14397 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14400 \begin_layout Standard
14406 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14409 \begin_layout Standard
14415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14418 \begin_layout Standard
14425 <row topline="true">
14426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14429 \begin_layout Standard
14444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14447 \begin_layout Standard
14453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14456 \begin_layout Standard
14462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14465 \begin_layout Standard
14472 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14476 \begin_layout Standard
14482 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14485 \begin_layout Standard
14491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14494 \begin_layout Standard
14500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14503 \begin_layout Standard
14517 \begin_layout Standard
14518 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
14519 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
14520 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
14521 explained in the tables section of the
14523 Extended\InsetSpace ~
14527 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
14528 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
14531 degrees counterclockwise.
14532 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
14535 \begin_layout Standard
14536 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14539 \begin_layout Standard
14544 Most DVI-viewers are
14548 able to display rotations.
14556 \begin_layout Standard
14561 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
14566 adds lines for all cell borders.
14569 \begin_layout Subsection
14571 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14572 name "Tables ! Longtables"
14577 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14585 \begin_layout Standard
14586 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
14596 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
14597 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
14600 \begin_layout Description
14605 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14606 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
14607 except for the first page, if
14615 \begin_layout Description
14621 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14622 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
14625 \begin_layout Description
14630 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14631 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
14632 except for the last page, if
14640 \begin_layout Description
14646 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14647 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
14650 \begin_layout Standard
14651 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
14652 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
14653 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
14654 The others will then be defined as
14659 In this context, first means first in this order:
14661 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
14674 See the following longtable to see how it works:
14677 \begin_layout Standard
14679 \begin_inset Tabular
14680 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
14681 <features islongtable="true">
14682 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
14683 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
14684 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14685 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14686 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14689 \begin_layout Standard
14692 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
14697 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14700 \begin_layout Standard
14706 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14709 \begin_layout Standard
14716 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14717 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14720 \begin_layout Standard
14728 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14731 \begin_layout Standard
14737 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14740 \begin_layout Standard
14749 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14750 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14753 \begin_layout Standard
14761 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14764 \begin_layout Standard
14770 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14773 \begin_layout Standard
14780 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14781 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14784 \begin_layout Standard
14792 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14795 \begin_layout Standard
14801 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14804 \begin_layout Standard
14813 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
14814 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14817 \begin_layout Standard
14825 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14828 \begin_layout Standard
14834 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14837 \begin_layout Standard
14844 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14848 \begin_layout Standard
14856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14859 \begin_layout Standard
14865 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14868 \begin_layout Standard
14875 <row bottomline="true">
14876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14879 \begin_layout Standard
14887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14890 \begin_layout Standard
14896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14899 \begin_layout Standard
14906 <row bottomline="true">
14907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14910 \begin_layout Standard
14918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14921 \begin_layout Standard
14927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14930 \begin_layout Standard
14937 <row bottomline="true">
14938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14941 \begin_layout Standard
14949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14952 \begin_layout Standard
14958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14961 \begin_layout Standard
14968 <row bottomline="true">
14969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14972 \begin_layout Standard
14980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14983 \begin_layout Standard
14989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14992 \begin_layout Standard
14999 <row bottomline="true">
15000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15003 \begin_layout Standard
15011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15014 \begin_layout Standard
15020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15023 \begin_layout Standard
15030 <row bottomline="true">
15031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15034 \begin_layout Standard
15042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15045 \begin_layout Standard
15051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15054 \begin_layout Standard
15061 <row bottomline="true">
15062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15065 \begin_layout Standard
15073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15076 \begin_layout Standard
15082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15085 \begin_layout Standard
15092 <row bottomline="true">
15093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15096 \begin_layout Standard
15104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15107 \begin_layout Standard
15113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15116 \begin_layout Standard
15123 <row bottomline="true">
15124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15127 \begin_layout Standard
15135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15138 \begin_layout Standard
15144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15147 \begin_layout Standard
15154 <row bottomline="true">
15155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15158 \begin_layout Standard
15166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15169 \begin_layout Standard
15175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15178 \begin_layout Standard
15185 <row bottomline="true">
15186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15189 \begin_layout Standard
15197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15200 \begin_layout Standard
15206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15209 \begin_layout Standard
15216 <row bottomline="true">
15217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15220 \begin_layout Standard
15228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15231 \begin_layout Standard
15237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15240 \begin_layout Standard
15247 <row bottomline="true">
15248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15251 \begin_layout Standard
15259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15262 \begin_layout Standard
15268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15271 \begin_layout Standard
15278 <row bottomline="true">
15279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15282 \begin_layout Standard
15290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15293 \begin_layout Standard
15299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15302 \begin_layout Standard
15309 <row bottomline="true">
15310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15313 \begin_layout Standard
15321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15324 \begin_layout Standard
15330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15333 \begin_layout Standard
15340 <row bottomline="true">
15341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15344 \begin_layout Standard
15352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15355 \begin_layout Standard
15361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15364 \begin_layout Standard
15371 <row bottomline="true">
15372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15375 \begin_layout Standard
15383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15386 \begin_layout Standard
15392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15395 \begin_layout Standard
15402 <row bottomline="true">
15403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15406 \begin_layout Standard
15414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15417 \begin_layout Standard
15423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15426 \begin_layout Standard
15433 <row bottomline="true">
15434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15437 \begin_layout Standard
15445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15448 \begin_layout Standard
15454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15457 \begin_layout Standard
15464 <row bottomline="true">
15465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15468 \begin_layout Standard
15476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15479 \begin_layout Standard
15485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15488 \begin_layout Standard
15495 <row bottomline="true">
15496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15499 \begin_layout Standard
15507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15510 \begin_layout Standard
15516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15519 \begin_layout Standard
15526 <row bottomline="true">
15527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15530 \begin_layout Standard
15538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15541 \begin_layout Standard
15547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15550 \begin_layout Standard
15557 <row bottomline="true">
15558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15561 \begin_layout Standard
15569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15572 \begin_layout Standard
15578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15581 \begin_layout Standard
15588 <row bottomline="true">
15589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15592 \begin_layout Standard
15600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15603 \begin_layout Standard
15609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15612 \begin_layout Standard
15619 <row bottomline="true">
15620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15623 \begin_layout Standard
15631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15634 \begin_layout Standard
15640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15643 \begin_layout Standard
15650 <row bottomline="true">
15651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15654 \begin_layout Standard
15662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15665 \begin_layout Standard
15671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15674 \begin_layout Standard
15681 <row bottomline="true">
15682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15685 \begin_layout Standard
15693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15696 \begin_layout Standard
15702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15705 \begin_layout Standard
15712 <row bottomline="true">
15713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15716 \begin_layout Standard
15724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15727 \begin_layout Standard
15733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15736 \begin_layout Standard
15743 <row bottomline="true">
15744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15747 \begin_layout Standard
15755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15758 \begin_layout Standard
15764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15767 \begin_layout Standard
15774 <row bottomline="true">
15775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15778 \begin_layout Standard
15786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15789 \begin_layout Standard
15795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15798 \begin_layout Standard
15805 <row bottomline="true">
15806 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15809 \begin_layout Standard
15815 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15818 \begin_layout Standard
15824 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15827 \begin_layout Standard
15834 <row bottomline="true">
15835 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15838 \begin_layout Standard
15846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15849 \begin_layout Standard
15855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15858 \begin_layout Standard
15865 <row bottomline="true">
15866 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15869 \begin_layout Standard
15877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15880 \begin_layout Standard
15886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15889 \begin_layout Standard
15896 <row bottomline="true">
15897 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15900 \begin_layout Standard
15908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15911 \begin_layout Standard
15917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15920 \begin_layout Standard
15927 <row bottomline="true">
15928 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15931 \begin_layout Standard
15939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15942 \begin_layout Standard
15948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15951 \begin_layout Standard
15958 <row bottomline="true">
15959 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15962 \begin_layout Standard
15970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15973 \begin_layout Standard
15979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15982 \begin_layout Standard
15989 <row bottomline="true">
15990 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15993 \begin_layout Standard
16001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16004 \begin_layout Standard
16010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16013 \begin_layout Standard
16020 <row bottomline="true">
16021 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16024 \begin_layout Standard
16032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16035 \begin_layout Standard
16041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16044 \begin_layout Standard
16051 <row bottomline="true">
16052 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16055 \begin_layout Standard
16063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16066 \begin_layout Standard
16072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16075 \begin_layout Standard
16082 <row bottomline="true">
16083 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16086 \begin_layout Standard
16094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16097 \begin_layout Standard
16103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16106 \begin_layout Standard
16113 <row bottomline="true">
16114 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16117 \begin_layout Standard
16125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16128 \begin_layout Standard
16134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16137 \begin_layout Standard
16144 <row bottomline="true">
16145 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16148 \begin_layout Standard
16156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16159 \begin_layout Standard
16165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16168 \begin_layout Standard
16175 <row bottomline="true">
16176 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16179 \begin_layout Standard
16187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16190 \begin_layout Standard
16196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16199 \begin_layout Standard
16206 <row bottomline="true">
16207 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16210 \begin_layout Standard
16218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16221 \begin_layout Standard
16227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16230 \begin_layout Standard
16237 <row bottomline="true">
16238 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16241 \begin_layout Standard
16249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16252 \begin_layout Standard
16258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16261 \begin_layout Standard
16268 <row bottomline="true">
16269 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16272 \begin_layout Standard
16280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16283 \begin_layout Standard
16289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16292 \begin_layout Standard
16299 <row bottomline="true">
16300 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16303 \begin_layout Standard
16311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16314 \begin_layout Standard
16320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16323 \begin_layout Standard
16330 <row bottomline="true">
16331 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16334 \begin_layout Standard
16342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16345 \begin_layout Standard
16351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16354 \begin_layout Standard
16361 <row bottomline="true">
16362 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16365 \begin_layout Standard
16373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16376 \begin_layout Standard
16382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16385 \begin_layout Standard
16392 <row bottomline="true">
16393 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16396 \begin_layout Standard
16404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16407 \begin_layout Standard
16413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16416 \begin_layout Standard
16423 <row bottomline="true">
16424 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16427 \begin_layout Standard
16435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16438 \begin_layout Standard
16444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16447 \begin_layout Standard
16454 <row bottomline="true">
16455 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16458 \begin_layout Standard
16466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16469 \begin_layout Standard
16475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16478 \begin_layout Standard
16485 <row bottomline="true">
16486 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16489 \begin_layout Standard
16497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16500 \begin_layout Standard
16506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16509 \begin_layout Standard
16516 <row bottomline="true">
16517 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16520 \begin_layout Standard
16528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16531 \begin_layout Standard
16537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16540 \begin_layout Standard
16547 <row bottomline="true">
16548 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16551 \begin_layout Standard
16559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16562 \begin_layout Standard
16568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16571 \begin_layout Standard
16578 <row bottomline="true">
16579 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16582 \begin_layout Standard
16590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16593 \begin_layout Standard
16599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16602 \begin_layout Standard
16609 <row bottomline="true">
16610 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16613 \begin_layout Standard
16621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16624 \begin_layout Standard
16630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16633 \begin_layout Standard
16640 <row bottomline="true">
16641 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16644 \begin_layout Standard
16652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16655 \begin_layout Standard
16661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16664 \begin_layout Standard
16671 <row bottomline="true">
16672 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16675 \begin_layout Standard
16683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16686 \begin_layout Standard
16692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16695 \begin_layout Standard
16702 <row bottomline="true">
16703 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16706 \begin_layout Standard
16714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16717 \begin_layout Standard
16723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16726 \begin_layout Standard
16733 <row bottomline="true">
16734 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16737 \begin_layout Standard
16745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16748 \begin_layout Standard
16754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16757 \begin_layout Standard
16764 <row bottomline="true">
16765 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16768 \begin_layout Standard
16776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16779 \begin_layout Standard
16785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16788 \begin_layout Standard
16795 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
16796 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16799 \begin_layout Standard
16807 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16810 \begin_layout Standard
16816 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16819 \begin_layout Standard
16833 \begin_layout Subsection
16835 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16836 name "Tables ! Cells"
16841 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16842 name "sub:Table-Cells"
16849 \begin_layout Standard
16850 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
16851 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
16852 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
16853 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16857 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16858 for the cell's paragraph.
16861 \begin_layout Standard
16862 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
16863 for the column in the table dialog.
16864 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
16865 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
16869 \begin_layout Standard
16871 \begin_inset Tabular
16872 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
16874 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16875 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
16876 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16877 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16881 \begin_layout Standard
16896 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16899 \begin_layout Standard
16914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16917 \begin_layout Standard
16934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16937 \begin_layout Standard
16952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16955 \begin_layout Standard
16965 This is a multiline entry in a table.
16970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16973 \begin_layout Standard
16989 <row bottomline="true">
16990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16993 \begin_layout Standard
17008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17011 \begin_layout Standard
17021 This is longer now.
17026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17029 \begin_layout Standard
17045 <row bottomline="true">
17046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17049 \begin_layout Standard
17064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17067 \begin_layout Standard
17077 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17078 This is longer now.
17083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17086 \begin_layout Standard
17109 \begin_layout Standard
17110 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
17111 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17112 Selection with the mouse or with
17116 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17117 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
17118 the selection from outside the table.
17121 \begin_layout Section
17123 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17129 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17137 \begin_layout Standard
17138 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
17139 have a fixed location.
17141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17148 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
17155 Margin\InsetSpace ~
17158 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
17159 too much notes at the page.
17162 \begin_layout Standard
17163 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
17164 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
17165 and pages without text.
17166 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
17167 , every float can be referenced in the text.
17168 Floats are therefore numbered.
17169 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
17171 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17172 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17179 \begin_layout Standard
17180 To insert a float, use the menu
17182 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17186 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17192 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17197 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
17198 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
17200 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
17201 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17202 name "Floats ! Captions"
17206 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
17207 paragraph within the float.
17208 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
17209 by left-clicking on the box label.
17210 A closed float box looks like this:
17211 \begin_inset Graphics
17212 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
17217 -- a gray button with a red label.
17220 \begin_layout Standard
17221 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
17222 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
17225 \begin_layout Subsection
17229 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17231 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17232 name "Floats ! Figure floats"
17237 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17238 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
17245 \begin_layout Standard
17248 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17249 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17252 inserts a float with the label
17253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17258 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17266 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
17267 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
17268 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
17270 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17271 reference "cap:Platypus"
17276 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
17277 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
17278 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
17280 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17281 reference "cap:Escher"
17288 \begin_layout Standard
17289 \begin_inset Float figure
17294 \begin_layout Standard
17296 \begin_inset Graphics
17297 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17300 rotateOrigin center
17307 \begin_layout Standard
17308 \begin_inset Caption
17310 \begin_layout Standard
17311 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17312 name "cap:Platypus"
17316 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
17329 \begin_layout Standard
17330 \begin_inset Float figure
17335 \begin_layout Standard
17336 \begin_inset Caption
17338 \begin_layout Standard
17339 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17353 \begin_layout Standard
17355 \begin_inset Graphics
17356 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17359 rotateOrigin center
17371 \begin_layout Standard
17372 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
17374 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
17376 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17377 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17381 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
17383 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17386 and refer to it using the menu
17388 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17392 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
17394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17401 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
17403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17413 \begin_layout Standard
17414 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
17415 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
17416 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
17422 in the appearing dialog, use the option
17426 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
17427 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17429 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17430 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17434 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
17435 You can also set the images one below the other.
17438 \begin_layout Standard
17439 \begin_inset Float figure
17444 \begin_layout Standard
17448 \begin_inset Graphics
17449 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17452 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
17459 \begin_inset Graphics
17460 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17464 subcaptionText "Platypus"
17473 \begin_layout Standard
17474 \begin_inset Caption
17476 \begin_layout Standard
17477 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17478 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17482 Two distorted images.
17495 \begin_layout Standard
17496 Note that the caption is added to the
17502 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
17504 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17505 reference "sec:ListsOf"
17512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17514 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17515 name "Floats ! Table floats"
17520 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17521 name "sec:Table-Floats"
17528 \begin_layout Standard
17529 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
17531 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17532 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17536 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
17540 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17541 reference "cap:Table-float"
17545 is an example of a table float.
17548 \begin_layout Standard
17549 \begin_inset Float table
17554 \begin_layout Standard
17555 \begin_inset Caption
17557 \begin_layout Standard
17558 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17559 name "cap:Table-float"
17571 \begin_layout Standard
17573 \begin_inset Tabular
17574 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17576 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17577 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17578 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17579 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17583 \begin_layout Standard
17598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17601 \begin_layout Standard
17616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17619 \begin_layout Standard
17635 <row topline="true">
17636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17639 \begin_layout Standard
17654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17657 \begin_layout Standard
17672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17675 \begin_layout Standard
17691 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17695 \begin_layout Standard
17705 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17716 \begin_layout Standard
17726 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17728 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17739 \begin_layout Standard
17749 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17770 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17772 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17773 name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
17780 \begin_layout Standard
17781 This float type is inserted with the menu
17783 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17784 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17788 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
17789 A possible environment for algorithms is the
17793 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
17795 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17796 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
17803 \begin_layout Standard
17804 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17807 \begin_layout Standard
17812 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
17818 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
17821 \begin_layout Standard
17826 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
17830 \begin_layout Standard
17831 to the document preamble (menu
17833 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17857 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17859 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17860 name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
17865 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17866 name "sec:floatflt"
17873 \begin_layout Standard
17874 This float type is used if you want to
17875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17882 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
17884 It can be inserted using the menu
17885 \begin_inset Wrap figure
17890 \begin_layout Standard
17891 \begin_inset Graphics
17892 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17895 rotateOrigin center
17902 \begin_layout Standard
17903 \begin_inset Caption
17905 \begin_layout Standard
17906 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17907 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17911 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
17913 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17928 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17929 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17934 if the LaTeX-package
17939 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17940 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
17948 \begin_layout Standard
17949 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
17959 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
17961 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17963 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17964 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17968 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
17969 wrap float with a width of 40
17970 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
17977 \begin_layout Standard
17978 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
17980 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17981 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17990 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
17994 \begin_layout Standard
17999 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
18000 If you need this, read the documentation of
18005 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18013 \begin_layout Standard
18014 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18017 \begin_layout Standard
18023 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
18024 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
18025 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
18026 over some other text.
18030 \begin_layout Standard
18031 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
18036 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18037 name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
18045 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
18058 \begin_layout Itemize
18059 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
18060 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
18061 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
18062 breaks will appear.
18065 \begin_layout Itemize
18066 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
18067 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
18070 \begin_layout Itemize
18071 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
18072 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
18075 \begin_layout Itemize
18076 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
18079 \begin_layout Subsection
18081 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18082 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18087 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18088 name "Floats ! Rotating"
18095 \begin_layout Standard
18096 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
18097 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
18100 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18106 \begin_layout Standard
18107 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
18108 a two-column document).
18109 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
18110 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
18117 \begin_layout Standard
18118 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
18119 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
18121 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18122 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
18126 is an example of a rotated table float.
18129 \begin_layout Standard
18130 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18133 \begin_layout Standard
18138 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
18146 \begin_layout Standard
18147 \begin_inset Float table
18152 \begin_layout Standard
18153 \begin_inset Caption
18155 \begin_layout Standard
18156 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18157 name "cap:Rotated-table"
18169 \begin_layout Standard
18171 \begin_inset Tabular
18172 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
18174 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18175 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18176 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18177 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18178 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
18179 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18183 \begin_layout Standard
18189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18192 \begin_layout Standard
18198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18201 \begin_layout Standard
18207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18210 \begin_layout Standard
18216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Standard
18238 \begin_layout Subsection
18240 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18241 name "sub:Float-Placement"
18246 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18247 name "Floats ! Placement"
18254 \begin_layout Standard
18255 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
18256 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
18263 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
18264 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
18269 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18272 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
18274 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18275 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18282 \begin_layout Standard
18283 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
18284 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
18287 default\InsetSpace ~
18293 \begin_layout Description
18296 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
18299 \begin_layout Description
18302 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
18305 \begin_layout Description
18306 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18308 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
18311 \begin_layout Description
18314 floats: try to place the float on an own page
18317 \begin_layout Standard
18318 The order of the above option is
18323 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
18336 , and then the others.
18337 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
18339 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
18340 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
18343 \begin_layout Standard
18344 By default, each options has its own rules:
18347 \begin_layout Standard
18354 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18355 % of the page can be placed at the top
18359 \begin_layout Standard
18362 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18366 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18367 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
18371 \begin_layout Standard
18378 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18379 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
18380 can be set together on a page.
18383 \begin_layout Standard
18384 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
18387 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
18394 \begin_layout Standard
18395 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
18396 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
18397 For this case you can use the option
18403 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
18405 Because the float is then no longer able to
18406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18413 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
18416 \begin_layout Standard
18417 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
18418 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
18421 \begin_layout Standard
18422 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
18424 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18425 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
18432 \begin_layout Section
18434 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18440 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18441 name "sec:Minipages"
18448 \begin_layout Standard
18449 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
18451 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
18456 \begin_layout Standard
18457 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
18459 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18463 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
18464 and its alignment within the page.
18467 \begin_layout Standard
18469 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18478 height_special "totalheight"
18481 \begin_layout Standard
18484 This is a minipage.
18485 The text is set in an italic style.
18488 \begin_layout Standard
18491 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
18492 another formatting.
18500 \begin_layout Standard
18501 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18504 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
18508 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
18510 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18511 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
18516 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18522 \begin_layout Standard
18523 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18532 height_special "totalheight"
18535 \begin_layout Standard
18536 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18537 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18545 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18554 height_special "totalheight"
18557 \begin_layout Standard
18558 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18559 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18567 \begin_layout Standard
18568 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
18574 \begin_layout Standard
18575 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
18576 to other box types.
18577 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
18588 \begin_layout Chapter
18589 Mathematical Formulas
18590 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18596 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18597 name "Formulas | see{Math}"
18602 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18603 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
18610 \begin_layout Section
18612 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18613 name "Math ! Basics"
18620 \begin_layout Standard
18621 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
18622 \begin_inset Graphics
18623 filename ../images/math-mode.png
18628 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
18630 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
18631 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18632 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18634 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18640 \begin_layout Standard
18641 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
18647 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
18650 \begin_layout Standard
18651 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
18652 line, like this one:
18655 \begin_layout Standard
18656 This is a line with an inline formula
18657 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
18663 \begin_layout Standard
18664 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
18666 \begin_inset Formula \[
18671 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
18674 \begin_layout Standard
18675 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
18678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18691 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
18692 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18696 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
18704 \begin_layout Subsection
18705 Navigating in Formulas
18706 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18707 name "Math ! Navigating"
18714 \begin_layout Standard
18715 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
18716 achieved with the arrow keys.
18717 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18718 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18723 will leave a formula construct (a square root
18724 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18728 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18732 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18734 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18742 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18747 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18748 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18751 \begin_layout Standard
18756 , printed in this document as
18757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18764 \begin_layout Standard
18774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18778 \begin_inset Note Note
18781 \begin_layout Standard
18782 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
18783 space character (visible space).
18788 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
18789 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18790 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18795 For example, if you want
18796 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18807 \begin_layout Standard
18826 \begin_layout Standard
18839 \begin_layout Standard
18850 , since in the latter case only the
18853 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18858 will be under the square root sign:
18859 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18865 \begin_layout Standard
18866 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18868 \begin_inset Formula \[
18869 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18872 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
18876 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18877 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18880 \begin_layout Subsection
18884 \begin_layout Standard
18885 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18886 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18890 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18891 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18892 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18893 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
18894 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
18897 \begin_layout Subsection
18898 Exponents and Subscripts
18899 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18900 name "Math ! Exponents"
18905 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18906 name "Math ! Subscripts"
18913 \begin_layout Standard
18914 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
18915 way is to use a command.
18917 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18920 , type in a formula
18926 \begin_layout Standard
18942 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
18948 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18952 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18961 \begin_layout Standard
18973 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
18975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18982 , you have to use an extra
18986 to separate the hat and the character.
18989 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
18998 \begin_layout Standard
19010 Subscripts are similar: To get
19011 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
19020 \begin_layout Standard
19034 \begin_layout Subsection
19036 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19037 name "Math ! Fractions"
19044 \begin_layout Standard
19045 Create a fraction with either the command
19052 \begin_inset Graphics
19053 filename ../images/math/frac.png
19064 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
19065 The cursor is above the fraction line.
19066 To move it to the bottom, simply press
19071 To move back up, press
19076 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
19077 \begin_inset Formula \[
19078 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
19080 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
19087 \begin_layout Subsection
19089 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19090 name "Math ! Roots"
19097 \begin_layout Standard
19098 Roots can be created using the
19104 \begin_inset Graphics
19105 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
19128 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
19134 produces always a square root.
19137 \begin_layout Subsection
19138 Operators with Limits
19139 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19145 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19146 name "Math ! Integrals"
19151 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19152 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19159 \begin_layout Standard
19161 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
19165 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
19168 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
19169 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
19170 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
19171 The sum operator will automatically place its
19172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19179 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
19182 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
19186 \begin_inset Formula \[
19187 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
19191 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
19195 \begin_layout Standard
19196 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
19198 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
19199 behind the operator and hitting
19205 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19206 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19207 Change\InsetSpace ~
19208 Limits\InsetSpace ~
19214 \begin_layout Standard
19215 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
19216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19223 feature as addition, such as
19224 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19225 name "Math ! Limits"
19230 \begin_inset Formula \[
19231 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
19235 which will place the
19236 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
19240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19248 In inline formulas it looks like this:
19249 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
19255 \begin_layout Standard
19256 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
19263 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
19265 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19266 reference "sub:Functions"
19270 for an explanation of function macros.
19273 \begin_layout Subsection
19275 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19276 name "Math ! Symbols"
19283 \begin_layout Standard
19284 Most math symbols can be found in the
19289 under one of several categories; including
19306 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
19310 \begin_layout Standard
19311 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
19312 you don't have to use the
19317 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
19318 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
19321 \begin_layout Subsection
19323 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19324 name "Math ! Spaces"
19329 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19330 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
19337 \begin_layout Standard
19338 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
19350 \begin_inset Graphics
19351 filename ../images/math/space.png
19356 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
19357 Here a example for the sequence
19362 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19366 \begin_inset Graphics
19367 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
19372 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
19373 the space marker and hit space again several times.
19374 With every space hit the size will be changed.
19375 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
19380 \begin_layout Standard
19390 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19396 \begin_layout Standard
19406 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19412 \begin_layout Subsection
19414 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19415 name "Math ! Functions"
19420 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19421 name "sub:Functions"
19428 \begin_layout Standard
19434 contains under the button
19435 \begin_inset Graphics
19436 filename ../images/math/functions.png
19440 a number of functions, such as
19441 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19445 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19453 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
19460 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
19461 avoid confusions, because
19462 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19466 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
19472 \begin_layout Standard
19473 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
19475 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
19479 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
19485 \begin_layout Standard
19486 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
19487 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
19489 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19490 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19497 \begin_layout Subsection
19499 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19500 name "Math ! Accents"
19507 \begin_layout Standard
19508 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19510 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19511 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
19513 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19516 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
19517 Our example is entered by typing
19525 \begin_layout Standard
19539 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19540 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
19544 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
19547 \begin_layout Standard
19548 \begin_inset Float table
19553 \begin_layout Standard
19554 \begin_inset Caption
19556 \begin_layout Standard
19557 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19558 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
19562 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
19570 \begin_layout Standard
19572 \begin_inset Tabular
19573 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19575 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19576 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19577 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19578 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19582 \begin_layout Standard
19588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19591 \begin_layout Standard
19597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19600 \begin_layout Standard
19616 <row topline="true">
19617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19620 \begin_layout Standard
19635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19638 \begin_layout Standard
19648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19651 \begin_layout Standard
19661 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19670 <row topline="true">
19671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19674 \begin_layout Standard
19689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19692 \begin_layout Standard
19702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19705 \begin_layout Standard
19715 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19724 <row topline="true">
19725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19728 \begin_layout Standard
19743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19746 \begin_layout Standard
19756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19759 \begin_layout Standard
19769 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19778 <row topline="true">
19779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19782 \begin_layout Standard
19797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19800 \begin_layout Standard
19810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19813 \begin_layout Standard
19823 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19832 <row topline="true">
19833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19836 \begin_layout Standard
19851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19854 \begin_layout Standard
19864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19867 \begin_layout Standard
19877 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19886 <row topline="true">
19887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19890 \begin_layout Standard
19905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19908 \begin_layout Standard
19918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19921 \begin_layout Standard
19931 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19940 <row topline="true">
19941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19944 \begin_layout Standard
19959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19962 \begin_layout Standard
19972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19975 \begin_layout Standard
19985 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19994 <row topline="true">
19995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19998 \begin_layout Standard
20013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20016 \begin_layout Standard
20026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20029 \begin_layout Standard
20039 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
20048 <row topline="true">
20049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20052 \begin_layout Standard
20067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20070 \begin_layout Standard
20080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20083 \begin_layout Standard
20093 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
20102 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20106 \begin_layout Standard
20112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20115 \begin_layout Standard
20125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20128 \begin_layout Standard
20138 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
20159 \begin_layout Standard
20160 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
20166 \begin_inset Graphics
20167 filename ../images/math/hat.png
20171 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
20175 \begin_layout Section
20176 Brackets and Delimiters
20177 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20178 name "Math ! Brackets"
20183 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20184 name "Math ! Delimiters"
20189 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20190 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20197 \begin_layout Standard
20198 There are several brackets available through LyX.
20199 For most purposes, using just the keys
20204 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
20205 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
20211 \begin_inset Graphics
20212 filename ../images/math/delim.png
20217 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20219 \begin_inset Formula \[
20220 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20222 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
20226 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
20227 \begin_inset Formula \[
20228 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20235 \begin_layout Standard
20236 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
20237 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
20240 \begin_layout Standard
20241 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
20242 left side and right side.
20243 If you use the option
20248 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
20249 The selection will be shown below the button field.
20250 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20251 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
20254 \begin_layout Standard
20255 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
20256 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
20257 inside the brackets.
20258 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
20263 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20266 \begin_layout Standard
20267 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
20268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20278 \begin_layout Section
20280 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20281 name "Math ! Grouping"
20286 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20287 name "sec:Grouping"
20294 \begin_layout Standard
20295 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20296 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20307 \begin_layout Standard
20308 \begin_inset Formula \[
20309 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
20316 \begin_layout Standard
20317 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20332 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20333 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
20334 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
20337 \begin_layout Section
20338 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20339 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20340 name "Math ! Arrays"
20345 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20346 name "Math ! Matrices"
20351 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20352 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
20359 \begin_layout Standard
20360 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
20366 \begin_inset Graphics
20367 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
20372 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
20373 Here is an example:
20374 \begin_inset Formula \[
20375 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20378 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
20382 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
20384 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20385 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20390 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
20391 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20392 This alignment is set in the box
20397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20445 for every column as default.
20446 For example, the sequence
20447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20458 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20459 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
20460 corresponds to the relevant column.
20461 The result will look like this:
20462 \begin_inset Formula \[
20464 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20465 column & has & has\, right\\
20466 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20473 \begin_layout Standard
20474 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20478 while the cursor is in the matrix.
20479 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
20481 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20487 \begin_layout Standard
20488 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
20489 It can be created with the menu
20491 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20492 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20504 \begin_inset Formula \[
20508 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
20515 \begin_layout Standard
20516 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20519 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
20527 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
20536 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
20537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20544 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
20545 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
20546 A new row is created by every further hit of
20554 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
20555 Here is an example:
20556 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20557 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
20558 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
20562 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
20563 where you want to start the shift and hit
20568 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
20569 position to the next column.
20570 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
20571 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
20572 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20573 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
20580 \begin_layout Standard
20581 The multi-line formula type described here is called
20588 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
20589 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
20590 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20591 reference "eq:asquared"
20596 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20598 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20599 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
20606 \begin_layout Section
20607 Formula Numbering and Referencing
20608 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20609 name "Math ! Formula numbering"
20614 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20615 name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
20620 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20621 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
20628 \begin_layout Standard
20629 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
20631 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20632 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20633 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20642 The formula number appears in LyX as
20643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20650 within parentheses.
20652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20659 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
20661 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
20662 the document class.
20663 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
20664 separated by a dot:
20665 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20666 1+1=2\end{equation}
20675 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
20676 You can only number displayed formulas.
20679 \begin_layout Standard
20680 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
20682 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20683 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20684 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20685 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
20694 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
20695 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20697 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
20698 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
20702 To number all lines use the shortcut
20710 \begin_layout Standard
20711 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20714 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
20715 A label is inserted with the menu
20717 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20720 when the cursor is in the formula.
20721 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
20722 It is recommended to use the proposed
20723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20734 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
20735 type when you have many labels in your document.
20736 We inserted in the following example the label
20737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20744 in the second line:
20745 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20746 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
20747 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
20751 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
20752 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
20754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20762 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
20764 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20769 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
20770 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
20771 as the formula number:
20774 \begin_layout Standard
20775 This is a cross-reference to equation (
20776 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20777 reference "eq:tanhExp"
20784 \begin_layout Standard
20785 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20787 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20788 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20793 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
20796 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20799 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
20803 \begin_layout Standard
20804 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
20812 \begin_layout Section
20813 User defined math macros
20814 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20815 name "Math ! Macros"
20820 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20821 name "sec:math-macros"
20828 \begin_layout Standard
20829 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
20830 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
20831 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
20834 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
20835 \begin_inset Formula \[
20836 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
20840 The general form of its solution is:
20841 \begin_inset Formula \[
20842 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
20849 \begin_layout Standard
20850 The macro should print the parameters
20851 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
20855 \begin_inset Formula $p$
20859 \begin_inset Formula $q$
20862 like in the equation above.
20865 \begin_layout Standard
20866 A macro is created by executing the command
20869 \begin_layout Standard
20876 \begin_layout Standard
20889 \begin_layout Standard
20898 Number\InsetSpace ~
20903 \begin_layout Standard
20904 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
20905 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
20906 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
20907 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
20911 \begin_layout Standard
20912 We have three arguments and name the macro
20913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20920 , so that the command is:
20923 \begin_layout Standard
20930 \begin_layout Standard
20943 \begin_layout Standard
20955 \begin_layout Standard
20956 This results in the following macro definition box:
20957 \begin_inset Graphics
20958 filename clipart/macrobox.png
20963 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20964 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20965 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
20969 \begin_inset Note Note
20972 \begin_layout Standard
20973 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
20974 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
20982 \begin_layout Standard
20983 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
20984 the math panel or commands.
20985 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
20986 followed by the argument number, e.g.
20988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20997 for the first argument.
20998 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
20999 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
21000 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
21001 in LyX with its full size.
21002 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
21003 In our example we insert the sequence
21033 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
21036 \begin_layout Standard
21037 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
21038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21052 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
21055 \begin_layout Standard
21057 \begin_inset Graphics
21058 filename clipart/macrouse.png
21065 \begin_layout Standard
21066 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
21067 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
21068 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
21069 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
21070 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
21073 \begin_layout Standard
21074 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
21075 to the new definition.
21076 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
21077 \begin_inset Formula $x$
21081 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
21085 \begin_inset Formula $B$
21089 \begin_inset Formula \[
21090 \qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
21097 \begin_layout Standard
21098 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
21102 \begin_layout Standard
21121 \begin_layout Standard
21136 \begin_layout Standard
21147 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
21150 \begin_layout Standard
21151 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
21152 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
21153 definition box in your document.
21154 There are also some other restrictions: The command
21156 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
21158 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
21163 \begin_layout Section
21167 \begin_layout Subsection
21169 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21170 name "Math ! Typefaces"
21177 \begin_layout Standard
21178 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
21179 To set a font in a formula, use the
21185 \begin_inset Graphics
21186 filename ../images/math/font.png
21190 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
21192 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21193 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21200 \begin_layout Standard
21201 \begin_inset Float table
21206 \begin_layout Standard
21207 \begin_inset Caption
21209 \begin_layout Standard
21210 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21211 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21215 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
21223 \begin_layout Standard
21225 \begin_inset Tabular
21226 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
21228 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21229 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21230 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21234 \begin_layout Standard
21240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21243 \begin_layout Standard
21250 <row topline="true">
21251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21254 \begin_layout Standard
21261 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
21269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21272 \begin_layout Standard
21283 <row topline="true">
21284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21287 \begin_layout Standard
21288 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
21296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21299 \begin_layout Standard
21310 <row topline="true">
21311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21314 \begin_layout Standard
21315 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
21323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21326 \begin_layout Standard
21337 <row topline="true">
21338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21341 \begin_layout Standard
21348 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
21356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21359 \begin_layout Standard
21370 <row topline="true">
21371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21374 \begin_layout Standard
21375 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
21383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21386 \begin_layout Standard
21397 <row topline="true">
21398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21401 \begin_layout Standard
21402 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
21410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21413 \begin_layout Standard
21424 <row topline="true">
21425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21428 \begin_layout Standard
21436 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
21444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21447 \begin_layout Standard
21458 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21462 \begin_layout Standard
21463 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
21471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21474 \begin_layout Standard
21497 \begin_layout Standard
21498 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21501 \begin_layout Standard
21506 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
21522 \begin_layout Standard
21523 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
21524 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
21529 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
21530 protected space when you need a space in the box.
21531 Here an example where a
21532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21543 denotes the set of numbers:
21544 \begin_inset Formula \[
21545 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
21552 \begin_layout Standard
21553 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
21564 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
21569 So better don't use this feature.
21572 \begin_layout Standard
21573 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
21574 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
21579 You can only print them emboldened using the command
21585 , which works like the other typeface commands:
21586 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
21592 \begin_layout Standard
21599 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
21602 \begin_layout Standard
21603 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
21605 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21606 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21613 \begin_layout Subsection
21615 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21623 \begin_layout Standard
21624 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
21626 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
21629 Normal\InsetSpace ~
21639 \begin_inset Graphics
21640 filename ../images/math/font.png
21644 (alternatively the shortcut
21650 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
21651 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
21652 Here is an example:
21653 \begin_inset Formula \[
21655 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21656 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
21663 \begin_layout Subsection
21665 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21666 name "Math ! Font sizes"
21673 \begin_layout Standard
21674 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
21675 automatically chosen in most situations.
21693 For most characters,
21701 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21702 and certain other structures, are set larger in
21707 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
21708 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
21709 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
21710 \begin_inset Graphics
21711 filename ../images/math/style.png
21716 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
21717 For example, you can set
21718 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21721 , which is normally in
21730 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21734 The four styles are used in the following example:
21737 \begin_layout Standard
21738 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21742 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21746 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21750 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21756 \begin_layout Standard
21757 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
21758 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
21760 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21764 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
21765 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21766 will be adjusted to correspond.
21767 As example a formula in the font size
21768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21778 \begin_layout Standard
21782 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
21788 \begin_layout Section
21790 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21796 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21804 \begin_layout Standard
21805 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
21806 (AMS) that are in common use.
21809 \begin_layout Subsection
21810 Enabling AMS-Support
21813 \begin_layout Standard
21814 Selecting the checkbox
21823 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21827 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21828 name "Document ! Settings"
21837 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
21839 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
21840 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
21843 \begin_layout Subsection
21845 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21846 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
21851 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21852 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
21859 \begin_layout Standard
21860 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21861 LyX allows you to choose between
21882 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
21885 \begin_layout Chapter
21889 \begin_layout Section
21891 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21892 name "Cross references"
21897 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21898 name "sec:Cross-References"
21905 \begin_layout Standard
21906 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
21907 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
21909 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
21910 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
21911 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
21914 \begin_layout Enumerate
21918 \begin_layout Enumerate
21919 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21920 name "enu:Second-item"
21927 \begin_layout Enumerate
21931 \begin_layout Standard
21932 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
21934 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21937 or the by pressing the toolbar button
21938 \begin_inset Graphics
21939 filename ../images/label-insert.png
21945 A grey label box like this:
21946 \begin_inset Graphics
21947 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
21952 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
21953 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
21955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21988 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
21989 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
21990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22004 \begin_layout Standard
22005 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
22007 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22010 or the toolbar button
22011 \begin_inset Graphics
22012 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
22018 A grey cross-reference box like this:
22019 \begin_inset Graphics
22020 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
22025 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
22027 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
22028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22040 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
22042 Here is our cross-reference:
22045 \begin_layout Standard
22048 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22049 reference "enu:Second-item"
22056 \begin_layout Standard
22057 It is recommended to use a protected space
22061 \begin_layout Standard
22062 described in section\InsetSpace ~
22064 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22065 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
22074 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
22078 \begin_layout Standard
22079 There are six varieties of cross-references:
22082 \begin_layout Description
22083 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
22084 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22085 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22092 \begin_layout Description
22093 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
22094 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
22096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22104 \begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
22105 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22112 \begin_layout Description
22113 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
22115 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
22116 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22123 \begin_layout Description
22126 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
22127 \begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
22128 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22135 \begin_layout Description
22136 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
22139 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
22141 \begin_inset LatexCommand vref
22142 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22149 \begin_layout Description
22150 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
22151 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
22154 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22157 \begin_layout Standard
22162 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
22165 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22166 name "LaTeX-packages ! prettyref"
22180 \begin_layout Standard
22181 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
22182 the previous, the same, or the next page.
22183 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22200 \begin_layout Standard
22201 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
22202 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
22203 The varieties are adjusted in the field
22207 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
22211 \begin_layout Standard
22212 You can only use the style
22216 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
22220 is always possible.
22223 \begin_layout Standard
22224 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
22225 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
22226 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
22227 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
22229 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22230 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22237 \begin_layout Standard
22244 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
22245 The button text changes then to
22250 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
22251 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
22252 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
22256 \begin_layout Standard
22257 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
22258 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
22259 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
22262 \begin_layout Standard
22263 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
22264 marks in the output instead of the reference.
22267 \begin_layout Standard
22268 References are described in detail in the
22275 \begin_layout Section
22276 Table of Contents and other Listings
22277 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22278 name "Table of contents"
22283 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22289 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22297 \begin_layout Subsection
22298 Table of Contents and Outline
22299 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22300 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
22307 \begin_layout Standard
22308 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
22310 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22311 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22317 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
22318 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
22319 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
22320 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
22327 \begin_layout Standard
22328 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
22329 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
22330 in section\InsetSpace ~
22332 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22333 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
22337 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
22338 Section\InsetSpace ~
22340 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22341 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
22345 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
22347 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
22348 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
22349 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
22352 \begin_layout Standard
22353 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
22355 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
22357 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22363 \begin_layout Subsection
22364 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
22365 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22373 \begin_layout Standard
22374 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
22375 You can insert them via the
22377 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22383 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
22386 \begin_layout Section
22387 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
22388 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22394 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22402 \begin_layout Standard
22403 It is often desirable to include long
22404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22411 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
22412 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
22413 to typeset properly.
22414 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
22415 resulting in an overfull line.
22416 To avoid this, use the menu
22418 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22421 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
22424 \begin_layout Standard
22425 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
22429 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
22434 \begin_layout Standard
22435 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22436 name "LyX-Homepage"
22437 target "http://www.lyx.org"
22444 \begin_layout Standard
22445 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22455 \begin_layout Itemize
22456 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
22457 them with a backslash before, e.g.
22459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22471 \begin_layout Itemize
22472 URLs must not end with a backslash!
22475 \begin_layout Section
22477 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22483 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22484 name "sec:Appendices"
22491 \begin_layout Standard
22492 Appendices are created with the menu
22494 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22496 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22500 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
22501 as appendix region.
22502 The region is marked with a red borderline.
22505 \begin_layout Standard
22506 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
22507 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
22508 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
22509 and the subsection number.
22510 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
22514 \begin_layout Standard
22515 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22517 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22518 reference "cha:Credits"
22522 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22524 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22525 reference "sub:Export"
22532 \begin_layout Section
22534 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22535 name "Bibliography"
22540 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22541 name "sec:Bibliography"
22548 \begin_layout Standard
22549 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
22550 You can include a bibliography database
22554 \begin_layout Standard
22555 Known under the name
22556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22568 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
22570 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
22574 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
22576 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22577 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
22584 \begin_layout Standard
22589 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
22591 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
22600 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
22602 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
22604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22611 , a short form of its title, as key.
22614 \begin_layout Standard
22615 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
22617 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22620 or the toobar button
22621 \begin_inset Graphics
22622 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
22623 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22628 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
22629 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
22630 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
22631 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
22635 \begin_layout Standard
22636 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
22637 with surrounding brackets.
22642 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
22643 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
22645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22655 \begin_layout Standard
22658 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
22661 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22662 key "latexcompanion"
22669 \begin_layout Standard
22670 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
22671 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22679 \begin_layout Subsection
22680 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
22681 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22682 name "Bibliography ! Databases"
22687 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22688 name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
22693 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22694 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
22701 \begin_layout Standard
22702 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
22704 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
22706 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
22707 your working field in a database.
22708 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
22709 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
22712 \begin_layout Standard
22713 The database is a text file with the file extension
22714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22725 containing the bibliography in a special format.
22726 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
22727 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22728 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
22733 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
22737 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22738 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs"
22744 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
22747 \begin_layout Standard
22748 To use a database, use the menu
22750 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22755 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22760 \begin_layout Standard
22771 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
22772 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
22775 \begin_layout Standard
22776 The style file is a text file with the file extension
22777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22788 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
22789 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
22790 take care of the layout.
22793 \begin_layout Standard
22794 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
22797 \begin_layout Standard
22798 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22804 \begin_layout Standard
22805 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
22807 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
22818 \begin_layout Standard
22833 \begin_layout Standard
22844 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
22852 \begin_layout Standard
22853 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22859 \begin_layout Standard
22860 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
22861 the two methods of creating them.
22862 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
22863 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
22864 We used the style file
22868 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
22871 \begin_layout Subsection
22872 Bibliography layout
22873 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22874 name "Bibliography ! Layout"
22881 \begin_layout Standard
22882 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
22883 For this feature you need to use the option
22889 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22893 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22894 name "Document ! Settings"
22903 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
22904 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
22905 in the previous section.
22908 \begin_layout Standard
22909 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
22910 in the citation reference window.
22911 Here an example where we set the text
22912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22915 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
22917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22920 to appear after the reference:
22923 \begin_layout Standard
22925 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22927 key "latexcompanion"
22934 \begin_layout Section
22936 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22937 name "Index generation"
22942 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22950 \begin_layout Standard
22951 An index entry is created if you use the menu
22953 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22957 or the toolbar button
22958 \begin_inset Graphics
22959 filename ../images/index-insert.png
22960 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22977 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
22978 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
22979 by LyX as index entry.
22982 \begin_layout Standard
22983 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22986 \begin_layout Standard
22991 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
22992 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
22997 Therefore you cannot insert
23000 \begin_layout Standard
23006 \begin_layout Standard
23007 to an index entry field, because the
23008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23015 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns, so that you will
23017 The correct entry is
23020 \begin_layout Standard
23028 \begin_layout Standard
23029 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
23030 ways using special LaTeX commands.
23031 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
23032 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
23034 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23035 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23042 \begin_layout Standard
23043 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
23046 \begin_layout Standard
23047 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
23049 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23052 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23057 A light blue box labeled
23058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23069 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
23070 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
23073 \begin_layout Subsection
23074 Grouping Index Entries
23075 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23076 name "Index ! Grouping"
23083 \begin_layout Standard
23084 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
23086 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
23087 lists under the entry
23088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23096 First we create the entry
23097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23104 in section\InsetSpace ~
23106 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23107 reference "sub:Lists"
23112 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
23114 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23115 reference "sec:Itemize"
23119 , we insert the command
23122 \begin_layout Standard
23128 \begin_layout Standard
23132 \begin_layout Standard
23138 \begin_layout Standard
23139 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
23141 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23142 reference "sec:Enumerate"
23149 \begin_layout Standard
23150 The exclamation mark
23151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23158 marks the grouping levels.
23159 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
23160 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
23161 If we don't have an index entry for
23162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23169 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
23172 \begin_layout Subsection
23174 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23175 name "Index ! Page ranges"
23182 \begin_layout Standard
23183 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
23185 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
23186 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
23187 in section\InsetSpace ~
23189 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23190 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
23197 \begin_layout Standard
23200 Paragraph environments|(
23203 \begin_layout Standard
23204 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
23206 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23207 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
23214 \begin_layout Standard
23217 Paragraph environments|)
23220 \begin_layout Standard
23222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23245 respectively starts and ends the index range.
23246 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
23247 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
23248 the pages of the indexed document parts.
23249 An example is the index entry
23250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23253 Document ! Settings
23254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23260 \begin_layout Subsection
23262 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23263 name "Index ! Cross referencing"
23270 \begin_layout Standard
23271 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
23272 We referred for example in the index entry
23273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23280 (in section\InsetSpace ~
23282 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23283 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
23287 ) to the index entry
23288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23295 in the same section using the command
23298 \begin_layout Standard
23301 GIF|see{Image formats}
23304 \begin_layout Standard
23305 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
23306 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
23309 \begin_layout Subsection
23311 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23312 name "Index ! Entry order"
23319 \begin_layout Standard
23320 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
23321 then not follow the rules for the index order.
23322 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
23326 \begin_layout Standard
23327 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
23328 section\InsetSpace ~
23330 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23331 reference "sub:Index-Program"
23340 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
23341 We created as example the three dummy index entries
23342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23366 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23367 name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
23372 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23373 name "Dummy entries ! maître"
23378 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23379 name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
23383 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
23384 order maïs, maison, maître.
23385 To achieve this, we use the command
23388 \begin_layout Standard
23391 previous entry@current entry
23394 \begin_layout Standard
23395 In our case we want to have
23396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23411 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
23414 \begin_layout Standard
23420 \begin_layout Standard
23421 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
23422 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
23426 \begin_layout Subsection
23428 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23429 name "Index ! Entry layout"
23436 \begin_layout Standard
23437 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
23438 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
23441 \begin_layout Standard
23446 textit{This is an italic entry}
23449 \begin_layout Standard
23456 produces the italic layout.
23457 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23458 name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
23462 We refer to LaTeX books (
23463 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23464 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23468 ) for an overview of layout commands.
23469 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
23470 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
23474 \begin_layout Standard
23479 textit{This is an italic entry}
23482 \begin_layout Standard
23483 You can also format the page number using the character
23484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23491 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
23492 We can write for example
23495 \begin_layout Standard
23498 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
23501 \begin_layout Standard
23502 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
23503 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23504 name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
23508 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
23510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23525 command{page\InsetSpace ~
23529 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
23531 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23532 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23536 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
23539 \begin_layout Standard
23540 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
23542 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
23543 for all index entries.
23546 \begin_layout Subsection
23548 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23549 name "Index ! Program"
23554 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23555 name "sub:Index-Program"
23562 \begin_layout Standard
23563 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
23568 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
23569 see section\InsetSpace ~
23571 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23572 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
23577 The available options are listed and explained in
23578 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23586 \begin_layout Standard
23587 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
23595 \begin_layout Section
23596 Nomenclature / Glossary
23597 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23598 name "Nomenclature"
23603 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23604 name "Glossary|see{Nomenclature}"
23609 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23610 name "sec:Nomenclature"
23617 \begin_layout Standard
23618 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
23619 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
23623 \begin_layout Standard
23624 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
23627 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23628 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
23635 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
23636 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23641 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
23644 \begin_layout Standard
23645 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
23646 and then use the menu
23648 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23653 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
23656 or the toobar button
23657 \begin_inset Graphics
23658 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
23659 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23676 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
23679 \begin_layout Standard
23680 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
23681 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
23682 The second is the description of the symbol.
23685 \begin_layout Standard
23686 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23689 \begin_layout Standard
23694 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
23695 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
23703 \begin_layout Subsection
23704 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
23705 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23706 name "Nomenclature ! Layout"
23713 \begin_layout Standard
23714 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
23718 field as LaTeX-formula.
23720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23724 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23749 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
23750 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
23752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23762 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
23772 \begin_layout Standard
23773 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
23775 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23776 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23783 \begin_layout Standard
23789 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
23790 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
23791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23795 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23802 in this document is:
23806 dummy entry for the character
23828 font use the command
23857 \begin_layout Subsection
23858 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
23859 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23860 name "Nomenclature ! Sort order"
23867 \begin_layout Standard
23868 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
23869 the symbol definition.
23870 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
23871 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
23874 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23876 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
23883 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23887 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23890 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
23895 They will be sorted by
23896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23922 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23925 will be sorted before the
23929 since the character
23930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23937 is considered in sorting.
23940 \begin_layout Standard
23941 To control the sort order, you can edit the
23946 field of the nomenclature dialog.
23947 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
23949 For the given example, you can insert
23953 to this field for the
23954 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23961 will be located before
23962 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23968 \begin_layout Standard
23969 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
23974 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23982 \begin_layout Subsection
23983 Nomenclature Options
23984 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23985 name "Nomenclature ! Options"
23992 \begin_layout Standard
23997 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
23998 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
24001 \begin_layout Description
24002 refeq Appends the phrase
24003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24018 to every nomenclature entry, where
24024 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
24027 \begin_layout Description
24028 refpage Appends the phrase
24029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24044 to every nomenclature entry, where
24050 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
24053 \begin_layout Description
24054 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
24057 \begin_layout Standard
24058 There are furthermore the options
24102 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
24106 \begin_layout Standard
24107 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
24108 class options list in the
24110 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24114 In this document the options
24125 \begin_layout Standard
24126 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24132 \begin_layout Standard
24133 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
24134 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
24139 field in the nomenclature dialog:
24142 \begin_layout Description
24152 \begin_layout Description
24155 nomrefpage Like the
24162 \begin_layout Description
24165 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
24174 \begin_layout Description
24177 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
24180 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
24183 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
24186 \begin_layout Subsection
24187 Printing the Nomenclature
24188 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24189 name "Nomenclature ! Printing"
24196 \begin_layout Standard
24197 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
24199 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24202 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24206 A light blue box labeled
24207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24218 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
24219 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
24222 \begin_layout Standard
24223 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
24224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24232 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
24240 For example, in order to change the name to
24244 , add the following line to the preamble:
24247 \begin_layout Standard
24255 nomname}{List of Symbols}
24258 \begin_layout Standard
24259 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24265 \begin_layout Standard
24266 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
24267 by adding the following line to the preamble:
24270 \begin_layout Standard
24278 nomlabelwidth}{width}
24281 \begin_layout Standard
24284 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
24286 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24287 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
24292 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
24296 \begin_layout Section
24298 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24304 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24305 name "Document ! Branches"
24310 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24311 name "sec:Branches"
24318 \begin_layout Standard
24319 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
24320 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
24321 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
24322 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
24325 \begin_layout Standard
24326 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
24327 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
24328 To create a branch, go in the
24330 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24338 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
24339 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
24342 \begin_layout Standard
24343 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
24344 These boxes are inserted via the menu
24346 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24349 where you can choose a branch.
24350 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
24353 \begin_layout Standard
24354 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
24355 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
24358 \begin_layout Standard
24359 \begin_inset Branch Question
24362 \begin_layout Standard
24363 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
24371 \begin_layout Standard
24372 \begin_inset Branch Answer
24375 \begin_layout Standard
24376 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
24384 \begin_layout Standard
24385 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24391 \begin_layout Standard
24392 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
24393 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
24395 For example you can define for the question branch
24399 \begin_layout Standard
24400 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section\InsetSpace ~
24402 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24403 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24415 \begin_layout Standard
24425 \begin_layout Standard
24435 \begin_layout Standard
24436 and for the answer branch
24439 \begin_layout Standard
24449 \begin_layout Standard
24459 \begin_layout Standard
24460 \begin_inset Branch Question
24463 \begin_layout Standard
24467 \begin_layout Standard
24476 \begin_layout Standard
24495 \begin_layout Standard
24496 \begin_inset Branch Answer
24499 \begin_layout Standard
24503 \begin_layout Standard
24512 \begin_layout Standard
24531 \begin_layout Standard
24532 Now it is possible to use the commands
24536 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
24543 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
24546 to obtain conditional output.
24547 Here is an example formula where only the
24554 \begin_inset Formula \[
24555 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
24562 \begin_layout Standard
24563 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section\InsetSpace ~
24565 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24566 reference "sec:math-macros"
24573 \begin_layout Section
24574 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
24575 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24583 \begin_layout Subsection
24585 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24591 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24592 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
24599 \begin_layout Standard
24600 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
24601 constructs, but not all.
24602 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
24603 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
24604 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
24605 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24606 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
24607 and their commands.
24610 \begin_layout Standard
24611 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
24614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24621 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
24622 An ERT box is created by the menu
24624 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24627 or by the toolbar button
24628 \begin_inset Graphics
24629 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
24634 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
24647 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
24648 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
24659 \begin_layout Standard
24660 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
24661 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
24662 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
24669 , you can write the command part
24675 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
24679 in a second ERT box behind the word.
24680 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
24684 \begin_layout Standard
24685 \begin_inset Graphics
24686 filename clipart/ERT.png
24694 \begin_layout Standard
24698 \begin_layout Standard
24699 This is a line with a
24703 \begin_layout Standard
24716 \begin_layout Standard
24726 \begin_layout Standard
24727 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24730 \begin_layout Standard
24735 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
24736 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
24744 \begin_layout Subsection
24745 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
24746 \begin_inset OptArg
24749 \begin_layout Standard
24756 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24757 name "LaTeX Syntax"
24762 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24763 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24770 \begin_layout Standard
24771 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
24772 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
24773 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
24774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24782 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
24783 every time if you know the right commands.
24785 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
24786 the end of the day.
24787 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
24788 all caption labels bold.
24789 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
24791 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
24794 \begin_layout Standard
24795 Now LaTeX comes into play.
24796 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24797 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
24799 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24807 \begin_layout Standard
24808 As result you know that the package
24813 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24814 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
24819 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
24821 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24827 \begin_layout Standard
24832 usepackage[options]{package name}
24835 \begin_layout Standard
24836 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
24837 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
24838 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
24841 \begin_layout Standard
24842 In your case the package name is
24847 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
24852 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
24853 So you add the command
24856 \begin_layout Standard
24861 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
24864 \begin_layout Standard
24865 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
24869 \begin_layout Standard
24870 For more commands provided by the
24874 package, have a look at its documentation,
24875 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24888 \begin_layout Standard
24889 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
24891 For example if you use a
24895 class, you don't need the package
24899 , you can instead write
24902 \begin_layout Standard
24907 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
24912 \begin_layout Standard
24913 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
24914 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
24915 documentation of the document class you want to use.
24922 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
24925 \begin_layout Standard
24926 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
24927 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
24929 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
24933 \begin_layout Standard
24934 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
24936 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24937 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
24945 \begin_layout Section
24946 Previewing Snippets of your Document
24947 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24948 name "Instant preview"
24953 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24954 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
24959 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24960 name "Document ! Preview"
24967 \begin_layout Standard
24968 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
24969 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
24970 to break your train of thought with
24972 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24978 \begin_layout Standard
24979 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
24980 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
24983 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24984 name "LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex"
24990 as explained below, and turn on
24992 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24997 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25004 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25010 \begin_layout Standard
25011 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
25013 Previews of an already loaded document are
25017 generated just by selecting the
25019 Instant\InsetSpace ~
25022 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
25025 \begin_layout Standard
25026 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
25027 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
25032 check box in the insert dialog.
25033 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
25037 \begin_layout Standard
25038 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
25042 (on some systems named simply
25047 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25049 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25054 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25055 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
25063 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
25067 \begin_layout Standard
25068 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25074 \begin_layout Standard
25075 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
25079 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25083 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
25084 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
25086 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
25087 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
25088 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
25089 the source view window.
25092 \begin_layout Section
25094 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25095 name "sec:Spellchecking"
25100 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25101 name "Spell checking"
25108 \begin_layout Standard
25109 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
25110 Rather it uses one of the external programs
25127 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
25133 can be seen as successor of
25137 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
25142 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
25143 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
25151 \begin_layout Standard
25152 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
25153 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
25160 \begin_layout Standard
25163 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25166 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
25167 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
25168 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
25169 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
25170 scrolled so that it is visible.
25175 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
25177 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
25181 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
25182 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
25185 \begin_layout Standard
25186 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
25189 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25193 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
25194 will bring an error message.
25195 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
25196 specifying a different
25198 Alternative language
25200 in preferences dialog.
25203 \begin_layout Standard
25204 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
25207 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25211 \begin_layout Standard
25212 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
25213 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
25215 But you can use the
25224 \begin_layout Standard
25225 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
25226 This does work with
25230 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
25233 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25237 \begin_layout Standard
25242 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
25245 \begin_layout Description
25246 Escape\InsetSpace ~
25247 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
25248 checker should consider, e.g.
25249 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
25250 This should not normally be needed.
25253 \begin_layout Description
25254 Personal\InsetSpace ~
25255 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
25256 choice as your personal dictionary
25259 \begin_layout Description
25260 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25261 compound\InsetSpace ~
25262 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
25264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25274 \begin_layout Description
25277 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
25279 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25286 also for the spellchecker.
25290 \begin_layout Standard
25291 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
25293 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25294 reference "sub:Settings"
25303 Only enable this if you use
25307 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
25308 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
25309 so this is disabled by default.
25312 \begin_layout Section
25314 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25320 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25321 name "sec:Thesaurus"
25328 \begin_layout Standard
25329 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
25332 \begin_layout Standard
25333 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
25336 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25339 or the toolbar button
25340 \begin_inset Graphics
25341 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
25342 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25343 rotateOrigin center
25348 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
25352 \begin_layout Standard
25353 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
25354 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
25355 cases to find related words.
25358 \begin_layout Standard
25359 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
25361 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
25362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25369 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
25370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25378 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
25379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25397 \begin_layout Section
25399 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25400 name "Change Tracking"
25405 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25406 name "Document ! Change Tracking"
25411 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25412 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
25419 \begin_layout Standard
25420 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
25421 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
25422 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
25423 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
25425 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25426 Change\InsetSpace ~
25427 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25434 \begin_layout Standard
25435 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
25444 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
25455 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25456 name "Color ! LyX screen"
25463 \begin_layout Standard
25464 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
25465 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25466 name "Toolbar ! Review"
25473 \begin_layout Standard
25474 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25480 \begin_layout Standard
25481 \begin_inset Graphics
25482 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
25489 \begin_layout Standard
25490 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25496 \begin_layout Standard
25497 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
25501 \begin_layout Standard
25502 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25508 \begin_layout Standard
25509 \begin_inset Tabular
25510 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
25511 <features islongtable="true">
25512 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25513 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25514 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25518 \begin_layout Standard
25519 \begin_inset Graphics
25520 filename ../images/changes-track.png
25521 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25522 rotateOrigin center
25531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25534 \begin_layout Standard
25537 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25538 Change\InsetSpace ~
25539 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25547 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25551 \begin_layout Standard
25552 \begin_inset Graphics
25553 filename ../images/changes-output.png
25554 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25555 rotateOrigin center
25564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25567 \begin_layout Standard
25570 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25571 Change\InsetSpace ~
25572 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25574 Changes\InsetSpace ~
25582 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25586 \begin_layout Standard
25587 \begin_inset Graphics
25588 filename ../images/change-next.png
25589 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25590 rotateOrigin center
25599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25602 \begin_layout Standard
25603 Jumps to the next change
25609 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25613 \begin_layout Standard
25614 \begin_inset Graphics
25615 filename ../images/change-accept.png
25616 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25617 rotateOrigin center
25626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25629 \begin_layout Standard
25632 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25633 Change\InsetSpace ~
25634 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25635 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25642 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25646 \begin_layout Standard
25647 \begin_inset Graphics
25648 filename ../images/change-reject.png
25649 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25650 rotateOrigin center
25659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25662 \begin_layout Standard
25665 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25666 Change\InsetSpace ~
25667 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25668 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25675 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25679 \begin_layout Standard
25680 \begin_inset Graphics
25681 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
25682 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25683 rotateOrigin center
25692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25695 \begin_layout Standard
25698 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25699 Change\InsetSpace ~
25700 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25708 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25712 \begin_layout Standard
25713 \begin_inset Graphics
25714 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
25715 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25716 rotateOrigin center
25725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25728 \begin_layout Standard
25731 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25732 Change\InsetSpace ~
25733 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25734 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25742 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25746 \begin_layout Standard
25747 \begin_inset Graphics
25748 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
25749 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25750 rotateOrigin center
25759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25762 \begin_layout Standard
25765 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25766 Change\InsetSpace ~
25767 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25768 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25776 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25780 \begin_layout Standard
25781 \begin_inset Graphics
25782 filename ../images/note-insert.png
25783 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25784 rotateOrigin center
25793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25796 \begin_layout Standard
25799 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25800 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25808 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25812 \begin_layout Standard
25813 \begin_inset Graphics
25814 filename ../images/note-next.png
25815 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25816 rotateOrigin center
25825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25828 \begin_layout Standard
25831 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25846 \begin_layout Standard
25847 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25853 \begin_layout Standard
25854 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
25855 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
25856 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
25857 the next change behind the current cursor position.
25858 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
25859 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
25860 step to the next change.
25861 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
25864 \begin_layout Standard
25865 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
25866 to describe a change.
25869 \begin_layout Standard
25870 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
25873 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25874 name "LaTeX-packages ! dvipost"
25881 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25882 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25887 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25890 \begin_layout Section
25891 International Support
25892 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25893 name "International support"
25900 \begin_layout Standard
25901 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
25902 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
25903 how to set up LyX to use them:
25904 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25905 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
25912 \begin_layout Standard
25913 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section\InsetSpace ~
25915 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25916 reference "sub:Special-Character"
25923 \begin_layout Subsection
25925 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25926 name "Language ! Options"
25931 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25932 name "Document ! Settings"
25937 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25938 name "Document ! Language"
25945 \begin_layout Standard
25948 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25951 dialog lets you set
25953 the language and character encoding for your language.
25957 \begin_layout Standard
25958 Choose your language in the
25962 section of this dialog.
25970 \begin_layout Standard
25975 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
25979 use language's default encoding
25981 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
25982 For details abhout the different encoding options see section\InsetSpace ~
25984 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25985 reference "sub:Settings"
25992 \begin_layout Subsection
25993 Keyboard mapping configuration
25996 \begin_layout Standard
25997 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
25998 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
25999 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
26000 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
26001 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
26002 see section\InsetSpace ~
26004 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
26005 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
26010 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
26011 which one you want to use.
26014 \begin_layout Standard
26015 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
26016 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
26017 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
26018 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
26019 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
26020 one to support the characters you want.
26021 This and much more customizations are explained in the
26028 \begin_layout Subsection
26030 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
26038 \begin_layout Standard
26041 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
26042 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
26051 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
26055 \begin_layout Standard
26056 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
26057 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
26065 \begin_layout Itemize
26066 Even if you have selected
26072 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26075 dialog, users who have only the
26079 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
26083 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
26084 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
26085 french quotes won't show up.
26088 \begin_layout Standard
26089 \begin_inset Float table
26094 \begin_layout Standard
26095 \begin_inset Caption
26097 \begin_layout Standard
26098 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
26099 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
26115 \begin_layout Standard
26117 \begin_inset Tabular
26118 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
26120 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
26121 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26122 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26123 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26124 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26125 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26126 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26127 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26128 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26129 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26130 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26131 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26132 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26133 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26134 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26135 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
26137 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
26138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26141 \begin_layout Standard
26147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26150 \begin_layout Standard
26165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26168 \begin_layout Standard
26183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26186 \begin_layout Standard
26201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26204 \begin_layout Standard
26219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26222 \begin_layout Standard
26237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26240 \begin_layout Standard
26255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26258 \begin_layout Standard
26273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26276 \begin_layout Standard
26291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26294 \begin_layout Standard
26309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26312 \begin_layout Standard
26327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26330 \begin_layout Standard
26345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26348 \begin_layout Standard
26363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26366 \begin_layout Standard
26381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26384 \begin_layout Standard
26399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26402 \begin_layout Standard
26417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26420 \begin_layout Standard
26436 <row topline="true">
26437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26440 \begin_layout Standard
26455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26458 \begin_layout Standard
26464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26467 \begin_layout Standard
26473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26476 \begin_layout Standard
26482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26485 \begin_layout Standard
26499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26502 \begin_layout Standard
26516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26519 \begin_layout Standard
26533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26536 \begin_layout Standard
26550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26553 \begin_layout Standard
26567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26570 \begin_layout Standard
26576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26579 \begin_layout Standard
26585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26588 \begin_layout Standard
26594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26597 \begin_layout Standard
26611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26614 \begin_layout Standard
26628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26631 \begin_layout Standard
26645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26648 \begin_layout Standard
26662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26665 \begin_layout Standard
26680 <row topline="true">
26681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26684 \begin_layout Standard
26699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26702 \begin_layout Standard
26708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26711 \begin_layout Standard
26717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26720 \begin_layout Standard
26734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26737 \begin_layout Standard
26751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26754 \begin_layout Standard
26768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26771 \begin_layout Standard
26785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26788 \begin_layout Standard
26802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26805 \begin_layout Standard
26819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26822 \begin_layout Standard
26828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26831 \begin_layout Standard
26837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26840 \begin_layout Standard
26854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26857 \begin_layout Standard
26871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26874 \begin_layout Standard
26888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26891 \begin_layout Standard
26905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26908 \begin_layout Standard
26922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26925 \begin_layout Standard
26940 <row topline="true">
26941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26944 \begin_layout Standard
26959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26962 \begin_layout Standard
26968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26971 \begin_layout Standard
26977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26980 \begin_layout Standard
26989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27000 \begin_layout Standard
27014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27017 \begin_layout Standard
27031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27034 \begin_layout Standard
27048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27051 \begin_layout Standard
27065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27068 \begin_layout Standard
27082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27085 \begin_layout Standard
27091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27094 \begin_layout Standard
27100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27103 \begin_layout Standard
27109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27112 \begin_layout Standard
27126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27129 \begin_layout Standard
27143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27146 \begin_layout Standard
27160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27163 \begin_layout Standard
27177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27180 \begin_layout Standard
27195 <row topline="true">
27196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27199 \begin_layout Standard
27214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27217 \begin_layout Standard
27223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27226 \begin_layout Standard
27232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27235 \begin_layout Standard
27249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27252 \begin_layout Standard
27266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27269 \begin_layout Standard
27283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27286 \begin_layout Standard
27300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27303 \begin_layout Standard
27317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27320 \begin_layout Standard
27334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27337 \begin_layout Standard
27343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27346 \begin_layout Standard
27352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27355 \begin_layout Standard
27369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27372 \begin_layout Standard
27386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27389 \begin_layout Standard
27403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27406 \begin_layout Standard
27420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27423 \begin_layout Standard
27437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27440 \begin_layout Standard
27455 <row topline="true">
27456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27459 \begin_layout Standard
27474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27477 \begin_layout Standard
27483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27486 \begin_layout Standard
27492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27495 \begin_layout Standard
27509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27512 \begin_layout Standard
27526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27529 \begin_layout Standard
27543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27546 \begin_layout Standard
27560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27563 \begin_layout Standard
27577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27580 \begin_layout Standard
27594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27597 \begin_layout Standard
27603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27606 \begin_layout Standard
27612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27615 \begin_layout Standard
27621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27624 \begin_layout Standard
27638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27641 \begin_layout Standard
27655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27658 \begin_layout Standard
27672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27675 \begin_layout Standard
27689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27692 \begin_layout Standard
27707 <row topline="true">
27708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27711 \begin_layout Standard
27726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27729 \begin_layout Standard
27735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27747 \begin_layout Standard
27761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27764 \begin_layout Standard
27778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27781 \begin_layout Standard
27795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27798 \begin_layout Standard
27812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27815 \begin_layout Standard
27829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27832 \begin_layout Standard
27846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27849 \begin_layout Standard
27855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27858 \begin_layout Standard
27864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27867 \begin_layout Standard
27873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27876 \begin_layout Standard
27890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27893 \begin_layout Standard
27907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27910 \begin_layout Standard
27924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27927 \begin_layout Standard
27941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27944 \begin_layout Standard
27959 <row topline="true">
27960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27963 \begin_layout Standard
27978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27981 \begin_layout Standard
27987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27990 \begin_layout Standard
27996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27999 \begin_layout Standard
28013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28016 \begin_layout Standard
28030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28033 \begin_layout Standard
28047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28050 \begin_layout Standard
28064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28067 \begin_layout Standard
28081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28084 \begin_layout Standard
28098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28101 \begin_layout Standard
28107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28110 \begin_layout Standard
28116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28119 \begin_layout Standard
28125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28128 \begin_layout Standard
28142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28145 \begin_layout Standard
28159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28162 \begin_layout Standard
28176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28179 \begin_layout Standard
28193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28196 \begin_layout Standard
28211 <row topline="true">
28212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28215 \begin_layout Standard
28230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28233 \begin_layout Standard
28239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28242 \begin_layout Standard
28248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28251 \begin_layout Standard
28265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28268 \begin_layout Standard
28282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28285 \begin_layout Standard
28299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28302 \begin_layout Standard
28316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28319 \begin_layout Standard
28333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28336 \begin_layout Standard
28350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28353 \begin_layout Standard
28359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28362 \begin_layout Standard
28368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28371 \begin_layout Standard
28385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28388 \begin_layout Standard
28402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28405 \begin_layout Standard
28419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28422 \begin_layout Standard
28436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28439 \begin_layout Standard
28453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28456 \begin_layout Standard
28471 <row topline="true">
28472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28475 \begin_layout Standard
28490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28493 \begin_layout Standard
28499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28502 \begin_layout Standard
28508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28511 \begin_layout Standard
28525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28528 \begin_layout Standard
28542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28545 \begin_layout Standard
28559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28562 \begin_layout Standard
28576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28579 \begin_layout Standard
28593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28596 \begin_layout Standard
28610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28613 \begin_layout Standard
28619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28622 \begin_layout Standard
28628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28631 \begin_layout Standard
28645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28648 \begin_layout Standard
28662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28665 \begin_layout Standard
28679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28682 \begin_layout Standard
28696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28699 \begin_layout Standard
28713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28716 \begin_layout Standard
28731 <row topline="true">
28732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28735 \begin_layout Standard
28750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28753 \begin_layout Standard
28759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28762 \begin_layout Standard
28768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28771 \begin_layout Standard
28785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28788 \begin_layout Standard
28802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28805 \begin_layout Standard
28819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28822 \begin_layout Standard
28836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28839 \begin_layout Standard
28853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28856 \begin_layout Standard
28870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28873 \begin_layout Standard
28879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28882 \begin_layout Standard
28888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28891 \begin_layout Standard
28905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28908 \begin_layout Standard
28922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28925 \begin_layout Standard
28939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28942 \begin_layout Standard
28956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28959 \begin_layout Standard
28973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28976 \begin_layout Standard
28991 <row topline="true">
28992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28995 \begin_layout Standard
29010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29013 \begin_layout Standard
29019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29022 \begin_layout Standard
29028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29031 \begin_layout Standard
29045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29048 \begin_layout Standard
29062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29065 \begin_layout Standard
29079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29082 \begin_layout Standard
29096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29099 \begin_layout Standard
29113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29116 \begin_layout Standard
29130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29133 \begin_layout Standard
29139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29142 \begin_layout Standard
29148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29151 \begin_layout Standard
29165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29168 \begin_layout Standard
29182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29185 \begin_layout Standard
29199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29202 \begin_layout Standard
29216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29219 \begin_layout Standard
29233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29236 \begin_layout Standard
29251 <row topline="true">
29252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29255 \begin_layout Standard
29270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29273 \begin_layout Standard
29279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29282 \begin_layout Standard
29288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29291 \begin_layout Standard
29305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29308 \begin_layout Standard
29322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29325 \begin_layout Standard
29339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29342 \begin_layout Standard
29356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29359 \begin_layout Standard
29373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29376 \begin_layout Standard
29390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29393 \begin_layout Standard
29399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29402 \begin_layout Standard
29408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29411 \begin_layout Standard
29425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29428 \begin_layout Standard
29442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29445 \begin_layout Standard
29459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29462 \begin_layout Standard
29476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29479 \begin_layout Standard
29493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29496 \begin_layout Standard
29511 <row topline="true">
29512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29515 \begin_layout Standard
29530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29533 \begin_layout Standard
29539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29542 \begin_layout Standard
29548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29551 \begin_layout Standard
29565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29568 \begin_layout Standard
29582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29585 \begin_layout Standard
29599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29602 \begin_layout Standard
29618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29621 \begin_layout Standard
29635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29638 \begin_layout Standard
29652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29655 \begin_layout Standard
29661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29664 \begin_layout Standard
29670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29673 \begin_layout Standard
29687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29690 \begin_layout Standard
29704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29707 \begin_layout Standard
29721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29724 \begin_layout Standard
29738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29741 \begin_layout Standard
29755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29758 \begin_layout Standard
29773 <row topline="true">
29774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29777 \begin_layout Standard
29792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29795 \begin_layout Standard
29801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29804 \begin_layout Standard
29810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29813 \begin_layout Standard
29827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29830 \begin_layout Standard
29844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29847 \begin_layout Standard
29861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29864 \begin_layout Standard
29878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29881 \begin_layout Standard
29895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29898 \begin_layout Standard
29912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29915 \begin_layout Standard
29921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29924 \begin_layout Standard
29930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29933 \begin_layout Standard
29939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29942 \begin_layout Standard
29956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29959 \begin_layout Standard
29973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29976 \begin_layout Standard
29990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29993 \begin_layout Standard
30007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30010 \begin_layout Standard
30025 <row topline="true">
30026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30029 \begin_layout Standard
30044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30047 \begin_layout Standard
30053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30056 \begin_layout Standard
30062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30065 \begin_layout Standard
30079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30082 \begin_layout Standard
30096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30099 \begin_layout Standard
30113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30116 \begin_layout Standard
30130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30133 \begin_layout Standard
30147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30150 \begin_layout Standard
30164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30167 \begin_layout Standard
30173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30176 \begin_layout Standard
30182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30185 \begin_layout Standard
30199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30202 \begin_layout Standard
30216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30219 \begin_layout Standard
30233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30236 \begin_layout Standard
30250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30253 \begin_layout Standard
30267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30270 \begin_layout Standard
30285 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
30286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30289 \begin_layout Standard
30304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30307 \begin_layout Standard
30313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30316 \begin_layout Standard
30322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30325 \begin_layout Standard
30339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30342 \begin_layout Standard
30356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30359 \begin_layout Standard
30373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30376 \begin_layout Standard
30390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30393 \begin_layout Standard
30407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30410 \begin_layout Standard
30416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30419 \begin_layout Standard
30425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30428 \begin_layout Standard
30434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30437 \begin_layout Standard
30451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30454 \begin_layout Standard
30468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30471 \begin_layout Standard
30485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30488 \begin_layout Standard
30502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30505 \begin_layout Standard
30519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30522 \begin_layout Standard
30549 \begin_layout Standard
30550 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
30552 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
30553 also the characters from
30565 \begin_layout Itemize
30574 \begin_layout Standard
30575 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
30580 \begin_layout Standard
30581 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
30586 \begin_layout Standard
30587 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
30592 \begin_layout Standard
30593 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
30598 \begin_layout Standard
30604 \begin_layout Standard
30610 \begin_layout Standard
30617 \begin_layout Itemize
30630 \begin_layout Standard
30636 \begin_layout Standard
30642 \begin_layout Standard
30648 \begin_layout Standard
30654 \begin_layout Standard
30660 \begin_layout Standard
30667 \begin_layout Standard
30668 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
30669 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
30670 Also make sure you're using the
30677 \begin_layout Chapter
30680 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30681 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
30688 \begin_layout Standard
30689 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
30690 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
30691 inside the user's guide.
30694 \begin_layout Section
30696 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30704 \begin_layout Standard
30709 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
30710 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
30713 \begin_layout Subsection
30717 \begin_layout Standard
30718 Creates a new document.
30721 \begin_layout Subsection
30725 \begin_layout Standard
30726 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
30727 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
30728 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
30731 \begin_layout Subsection
30735 \begin_layout Standard
30739 \begin_layout Subsection
30743 \begin_layout Standard
30744 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
30745 Click there on a file to open it.
30748 \begin_layout Subsection
30752 \begin_layout Standard
30753 Closes the current document.
30756 \begin_layout Subsection
30760 \begin_layout Standard
30761 Saves the actual document.
30764 \begin_layout Subsection
30768 \begin_layout Standard
30769 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
30772 \begin_layout Subsection
30776 \begin_layout Standard
30777 Reloads the actual document from disk.
30780 \begin_layout Subsection
30784 \begin_layout Standard
30785 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
30786 It is described in the section
30788 Version Control in LyX
30792 Extended\InsetSpace ~
30798 \begin_layout Subsection
30802 \begin_layout Standard
30803 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
30804 text files (ASCII-files).
30805 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
30808 \begin_layout Standard
30809 When using the menu
30812 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
30815 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
30816 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
30817 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
30818 will start a new paragraph.
30821 \begin_layout Subsection
30823 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30831 \begin_layout Standard
30832 You can export your document to various file formats.
30833 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
30834 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
30835 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
30838 \begin_layout Standard
30839 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
30840 section\InsetSpace ~
30842 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30843 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
30850 \begin_layout Description
30856 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
30857 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
30860 \begin_layout Description
30868 \begin_layout Description
30869 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
30873 \begin_layout Description
30876 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
30881 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
30889 \begin_layout Description
30896 \begin_layout Standard
30906 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
30907 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
30911 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
30914 \begin_layout Description
30921 \begin_layout Standard
30931 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
30932 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
30940 \begin_layout Description
30942 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
30943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30950 is replaced by the version number)
30953 \begin_layout Description
30954 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
30967 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
30971 \begin_layout Description
30976 PDF-format using the program
30981 \begin_layout Description
30987 PDF-format using the program
30992 \begin_layout Description
30998 PDF-format using the program
31003 \begin_layout Description
31012 \begin_layout Description
31019 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
31020 and then exported as text using the program
31025 \begin_layout Description
31030 PostScript format using the program
31035 \begin_layout Description
31043 \begin_layout Standard
31048 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
31049 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
31055 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
31058 \begin_layout Standard
31059 If one of the menu entries
31072 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31073 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31075 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31076 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31081 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31082 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31089 \begin_layout Standard
31094 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
31095 the export program.
31098 \begin_layout Subsection
31102 \begin_layout Standard
31103 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
31104 or send it to a printer.
31105 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
31106 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
31112 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
31114 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31115 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
31122 \begin_layout Subsection
31123 New and Close Window
31126 \begin_layout Standard
31127 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
31128 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
31131 \begin_layout Section
31133 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31141 \begin_layout Subsection
31145 \begin_layout Standard
31146 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31148 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31149 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
31156 \begin_layout Subsection
31157 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
31160 \begin_layout Standard
31161 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31163 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31164 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31171 \begin_layout Subsection
31175 \begin_layout Standard
31176 Selects the whole document.
31179 \begin_layout Subsection
31183 \begin_layout Standard
31184 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31186 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31187 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31194 \begin_layout Subsection
31195 Move paragraph Up/Down
31198 \begin_layout Standard
31199 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
31203 \begin_layout Subsection
31207 \begin_layout Standard
31208 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31210 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31211 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
31218 \begin_layout Subsection
31220 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31221 name "Paragraph ! Settings"
31228 \begin_layout Standard
31229 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
31231 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
31234 \begin_layout Standard
31235 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
31236 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
31239 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31250 \begin_layout Subsection
31254 \begin_layout Standard
31255 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
31256 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
31257 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31259 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31260 reference "sec:Tables"
31264 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31266 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31267 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31274 \begin_layout Subsection
31275 Increase / Decrease List Depth
31278 \begin_layout Standard
31279 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
31281 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31283 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31284 reference "sec:Nesting"
31289 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31290 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
31297 \begin_layout Section
31299 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31307 \begin_layout Standard
31312 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
31313 document with an external program.
31314 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
31315 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
31316 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
31318 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31319 reference "sub:Export"
31324 You should at least see the menu entries
31334 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31335 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31337 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31338 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31343 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31344 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31351 \begin_layout Standard
31352 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
31353 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
31355 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31356 reference "sec:File-Formats"
31361 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
31364 \begin_layout Standard
31365 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31368 At the bottom of the
31372 menu the opened documents are listed.
31375 \begin_layout Subsection
31379 \begin_layout Standard
31380 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
31381 in section\InsetSpace ~
31383 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31384 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31391 \begin_layout Subsection
31395 \begin_layout Standard
31396 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
31397 opening a new view window.
31400 \begin_layout Subsection
31402 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31403 name "sub:Toolbars"
31408 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31416 \begin_layout Standard
31417 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
31418 All toolbars and the
31420 Command\InsetSpace ~
31423 can be turned on and off.
31428 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
31446 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
31450 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
31457 \begin_layout Standard
31462 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
31466 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
31467 or when a certain feature is enabled.
31468 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
31469 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
31470 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
31473 \begin_layout Standard
31474 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31476 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31477 reference "sec:Toolbars"
31484 \begin_layout Section
31486 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31487 name "Menu ! Insert"
31494 \begin_layout Subsection
31498 \begin_layout Standard
31499 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31501 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31502 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31509 \begin_layout Subsection
31511 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31512 name "sub:Special-Character"
31519 \begin_layout Standard
31520 Here you can insert the following characters:
31523 \begin_layout Description
31524 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
31528 \begin_layout Description
31531 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31533 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31534 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
31541 \begin_layout Description
31542 Ordinary\InsetSpace ~
31543 Quote Inserts this quote:
31544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31547 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
31549 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31559 \begin_layout Description
31560 Single\InsetSpace ~
31561 Quote Inserts this quote:
31562 \begin_inset Quotes els
31568 \begin_layout Description
31570 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
31574 \begin_layout Description
31575 Phonetic\InsetSpace ~
31577 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31578 name "Phonetic symbols"
31583 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31584 name "Language ! Phonetic symbols"
31588 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
31589 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
31590 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
31595 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31596 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
31602 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
31606 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
31613 and this Wiki-page:
31616 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
31617 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX"
31624 \begin_layout Subsection
31628 \begin_layout Standard
31629 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
31632 \begin_layout Description
31633 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
31634 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
31640 \begin_layout Description
31641 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
31642 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
31648 \begin_layout Description
31649 Protected\InsetSpace ~
31650 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31652 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31653 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
31660 \begin_layout Description
31661 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
31662 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31664 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31665 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
31672 \begin_layout Description
31674 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31676 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31677 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
31684 \begin_layout Description
31685 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31686 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section\InsetSpace ~
31688 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31689 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
31696 \begin_layout Description
31697 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31698 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section\InsetSpace ~
31700 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31701 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
31708 \begin_layout Description
31709 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
31710 Space Inserts vertical space, see section\InsetSpace ~
31712 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31713 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
31720 \begin_layout Description
31721 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
31722 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section\InsetSpace ~
31724 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31725 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
31732 \begin_layout Description
31733 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
31734 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section\InsetSpace ~
31736 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31737 reference "sub:Ligatures"
31744 \begin_layout Description
31746 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section\InsetSpace ~
31748 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31749 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
31756 \begin_layout Description
31758 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31760 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31761 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
31768 \begin_layout Description
31770 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31772 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31773 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31780 \begin_layout Description
31782 Double\InsetSpace ~
31783 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31785 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31786 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31793 \begin_layout Subsection
31797 \begin_layout Standard
31798 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
31799 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
31800 in section\InsetSpace ~
31802 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31803 reference "sec:toc"
31808 The index list is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31810 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31811 reference "sec:Index"
31815 , the nomenclature in section\InsetSpace ~
31817 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31818 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
31822 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section\InsetSpace ~
31824 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31825 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
31832 \begin_layout Subsection
31836 \begin_layout Standard
31837 To insert floats, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31839 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31840 reference "sec:Floats"
31847 \begin_layout Subsection
31851 \begin_layout Standard
31852 To insert notes, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31854 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31855 reference "sec:Notes"
31862 \begin_layout Subsection
31866 \begin_layout Standard
31867 Inserts branch insets as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31869 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31870 reference "sec:Branches"
31877 \begin_layout Subsection
31879 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31880 name "External Material"
31887 \begin_layout Standard
31888 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
31889 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
31900 \begin_layout Subsection
31902 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31910 \begin_layout Standard
31911 Inserts a minipage box that is described section\InsetSpace ~
31913 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31914 reference "sec:Minipages"
31919 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
31930 \begin_layout Subsection
31934 \begin_layout Standard
31935 Inserts a citation as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31937 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31938 reference "sec:Bibliography"
31945 \begin_layout Subsection
31949 \begin_layout Standard
31950 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31952 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31953 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31960 \begin_layout Subsection
31964 \begin_layout Standard
31965 Inserts a label as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31967 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31968 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31975 \begin_layout Subsection
31977 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31983 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31984 name "Longtables ! Caption"
31991 \begin_layout Standard
31992 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
31993 Floats are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31995 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31996 reference "sec:Floats"
32000 , cations in longtables are described in section
32011 \begin_layout Subsection
32015 \begin_layout Standard
32016 Inserts an index entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32018 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32019 reference "sec:Index"
32026 \begin_layout Subsection
32030 \begin_layout Standard
32031 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32033 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32034 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
32041 \begin_layout Subsection
32045 \begin_layout Standard
32047 Tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32049 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32050 reference "sec:Tables"
32057 \begin_layout Subsection
32061 \begin_layout Standard
32063 Graphics are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32065 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32066 reference "sec:Graphics"
32073 \begin_layout Subsection
32077 \begin_layout Standard
32078 Inserts an URL box as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32080 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32081 reference "sec:URL"
32088 \begin_layout Subsection
32092 \begin_layout Standard
32093 Inserts a footnote, see section\InsetSpace ~
32095 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32096 reference "sec:Footnotes"
32103 \begin_layout Subsection
32107 \begin_layout Standard
32108 Inserts a marginal note, see section\InsetSpace ~
32110 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32111 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
32118 \begin_layout Subsection
32122 \begin_layout Standard
32123 Inserts a short title, see section\InsetSpace ~
32125 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32126 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
32133 \begin_layout Subsection
32137 \begin_layout Standard
32138 Inserts an ERT box, see section\InsetSpace ~
32140 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32141 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
32148 \begin_layout Subsection
32150 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32151 name "Program listings"
32158 \begin_layout Standard
32159 Inserts a program listings box.
32160 Program listings are explained in chapter
32162 Program Code Listings
32171 \begin_layout Subsection
32175 \begin_layout Standard
32176 Inserts the actual date.
32177 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
32179 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
32189 There the different methods are also compared.
32192 \begin_layout Section
32194 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32195 name "Menu ! Navigate"
32202 \begin_layout Standard
32203 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
32204 the current document.
32205 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
32208 \begin_layout Standard
32209 The Navigate menu also offers to
32212 \begin_layout Subsection
32216 \begin_layout Standard
32217 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
32218 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
32220 between section\InsetSpace ~
32222 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
32223 2.5 and use the menu
32227 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32231 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
32235 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32239 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
32251 \begin_layout Standard
32252 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
32253 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
32256 \begin_layout Subsection
32257 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
32260 \begin_layout Standard
32261 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
32265 \begin_layout Subsection
32269 \begin_layout Standard
32270 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
32271 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
32272 on a cross-reference box.
32275 \begin_layout Section
32277 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32278 name "Menu ! Document"
32285 \begin_layout Subsection
32289 \begin_layout Standard
32290 Change Tracking is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32292 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32293 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
32300 \begin_layout Subsection
32305 \begin_layout Standard
32315 \begin_layout Standard
32316 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
32318 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
32321 \begin_layout Standard
32322 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
32327 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
32330 \begin_layout Subsection
32334 \begin_layout Standard
32335 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32337 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32338 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
32345 \begin_layout Subsection
32346 Start Appendix Here
32349 \begin_layout Standard
32350 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
32351 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32353 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32354 reference "sec:Appendices"
32361 \begin_layout Subsection
32365 \begin_layout Standard
32366 Un/compresses the actual document.
32369 \begin_layout Subsection
32371 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32372 name "sub:Settings"
32377 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32378 name "Document ! Settings"
32385 \begin_layout Standard
32386 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
32388 You can save your document settings as default with the
32390 Save as Document Defaults
32392 button in the dialog.
32393 This will create a template named
32397 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
32401 \begin_layout Standard
32402 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
32405 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32409 \begin_layout Standard
32410 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
32411 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32413 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32414 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
32419 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
32424 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
32425 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
32428 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32432 \begin_layout Standard
32433 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32435 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32436 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
32443 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32447 \begin_layout Standard
32448 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
32450 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
32454 \begin_layout Standard
32455 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
32456 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
32457 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
32460 \begin_layout Standard
32461 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
32469 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32473 \begin_layout Standard
32474 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32476 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32477 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
32482 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32483 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
32490 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32494 \begin_layout Standard
32495 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
32497 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32498 reference "sub:Margins"
32505 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32507 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32508 name "Language ! Encoding"
32515 \begin_layout Standard
32516 The document language and quote styles are set here.
32517 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
32518 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
32519 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
32520 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
32521 known for a particular character).
32525 \begin_layout Standard
32526 The known commands are defined in a text file.
32527 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
32532 manual for details.
32540 \begin_layout Standard
32541 If you use the option
32543 use language's default encoding
32545 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
32547 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
32548 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
32549 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
32550 exactly one encoding.
32551 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
32559 \begin_layout Standard
32560 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
32561 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
32563 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32564 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32577 \begin_layout Standard
32578 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
32579 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
32580 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
32581 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
32582 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
32583 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
32586 use language's default encoding
32588 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
32589 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
32590 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
32593 \begin_layout Standard
32594 Here is a list with the important encodings:
32597 \begin_layout Description
32601 use language's default encoding
32603 , but the LaTeX-package
32608 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32609 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32614 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
32617 \begin_layout Description
32618 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
32621 \begin_layout Description
32622 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
32623 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
32626 \begin_layout Description
32627 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
32630 \begin_layout Description
32631 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
32634 \begin_layout Description
32635 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
32638 \begin_layout Description
32639 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
32642 \begin_layout Description
32643 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
32646 \begin_layout Description
32647 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
32648 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
32651 \begin_layout Description
32652 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
32653 Serbian, and Ukrainian
32656 \begin_layout Description
32657 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
32660 \begin_layout Description
32661 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
32664 \begin_layout Description
32665 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
32668 \begin_layout Description
32669 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
32672 \begin_layout Description
32673 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
32674 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
32675 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
32679 \begin_layout Description
32680 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
32681 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
32684 \begin_layout Description
32685 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
32689 \begin_layout Description
32690 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
32693 \begin_layout Description
32694 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
32695 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
32698 \begin_layout Description
32699 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
32700 the euro currency sign, the
32704 \begin_layout Standard
32713 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
32714 be the replacement for latin1
32717 \begin_layout Description
32718 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
32721 \begin_layout Description
32722 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32727 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32728 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32732 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
32735 \begin_layout Description
32736 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32740 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
32743 \begin_layout Description
32744 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32749 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32750 name "LaTeX-packages ! CJK"
32754 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
32757 \begin_layout Description
32758 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
32762 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
32770 \begin_layout Standard
32771 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32772 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32785 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32789 \begin_layout Standard
32790 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
32791 in section\InsetSpace ~
32793 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32794 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
32801 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32805 \begin_layout Standard
32806 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
32809 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32810 name "LaTeX-packages ! natbib"
32821 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32822 name "LaTeX-packages ! jurabib"
32827 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
32829 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32830 reference "sec:Bibliography"
32837 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32841 \begin_layout Standard
32842 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
32845 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32846 name "LaTeX-packages ! amsmath"
32855 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32856 name "LaTeX-packages ! esint"
32862 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
32865 \begin_layout Standard
32870 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
32871 assure that you have enabled AMS.
32874 \begin_layout Standard
32879 is used for special integral characters.
32882 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32886 \begin_layout Standard
32887 The float placement options are described in section
32888 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32892 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32893 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
32900 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32904 \begin_layout Standard
32905 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
32906 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32908 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32909 reference "sec:Itemize"
32916 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32920 \begin_layout Standard
32921 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32923 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32924 reference "sec:Branches"
32931 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32936 \begin_layout Standard
32946 \begin_layout Standard
32947 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
32948 to define LaTeX-commands.
32949 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
32950 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
32954 \begin_layout Standard
32955 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32957 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32958 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
32965 \begin_layout Section
32967 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32968 name "Menu ! Tools"
32975 \begin_layout Subsection
32979 \begin_layout Standard
32980 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32982 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32983 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
32990 \begin_layout Subsection
32994 \begin_layout Standard
32995 The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32997 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32998 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
33005 \begin_layout Subsection
33007 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33015 \begin_layout Standard
33016 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
33020 \begin_layout Subsection
33025 \begin_layout Standard
33033 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33034 name "TeX Information"
33041 \begin_layout Standard
33042 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
33045 \begin_layout Subsection
33047 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33048 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
33053 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33054 name "LyX ! Reconfigure|see{Reconfiguration of LyX}"
33061 \begin_layout Standard
33062 This menu reconfigures LyX.
33063 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
33065 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33066 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
33073 \begin_layout Subsection
33077 \begin_layout Standard
33078 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
33079 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
33083 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33084 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
33091 \begin_layout Section
33093 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33101 \begin_layout Standard
33102 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
33106 \begin_layout Standard
33112 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
33113 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
33115 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33116 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
33123 \begin_layout Section
33125 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
33126 name "sec:Toolbars"
33133 \begin_layout Standard
33134 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
33136 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33137 reference "sub:Toolbars"
33144 \begin_layout Standard
33145 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
33146 This is described in the
33154 \begin_layout Subsection
33156 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33157 name "Toolbar ! Standard"
33164 \begin_layout Standard
33165 \begin_inset Graphics
33166 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
33174 \begin_layout Standard
33175 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33181 \begin_layout Standard
33182 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33187 \begin_layout Standard
33199 \begin_inset Note Note
33202 \begin_layout Standard
33203 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
33208 manual for more information.
33216 \begin_layout Standard
33217 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33223 \begin_layout Standard
33224 \begin_inset Tabular
33225 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
33226 <features islongtable="true">
33227 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33228 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33233 \begin_layout Standard
33234 \begin_inset Graphics
33235 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
33245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33248 \begin_layout Standard
33249 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
33262 \begin_layout Standard
33263 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
33269 \begin_layout Standard
33271 \begin_inset Tabular
33272 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
33273 <features islongtable="true">
33274 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33275 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33276 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33280 \begin_layout Standard
33283 \begin_inset Graphics
33284 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
33285 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33297 \begin_layout Standard
33300 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33307 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33311 \begin_layout Standard
33312 \begin_inset Graphics
33313 filename ../images/file-open.png
33314 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33326 \begin_layout Standard
33329 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33336 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33340 \begin_layout Standard
33341 \begin_inset Graphics
33342 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
33343 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33355 \begin_layout Standard
33358 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33365 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33369 \begin_layout Standard
33370 \begin_inset Graphics
33371 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
33372 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
33381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33384 \begin_layout Standard
33387 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33394 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33398 \begin_layout Standard
33399 \begin_inset Graphics
33400 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
33401 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33413 \begin_layout Standard
33416 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33423 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33427 \begin_layout Standard
33428 \begin_inset Graphics
33429 filename ../images/undo.png
33430 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33442 \begin_layout Standard
33445 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33452 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33456 \begin_layout Standard
33457 \begin_inset Graphics
33458 filename ../images/redo.png
33459 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33471 \begin_layout Standard
33474 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33481 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33485 \begin_layout Standard
33486 \begin_inset Graphics
33487 filename ../images/cut.png
33488 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33500 \begin_layout Standard
33503 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33510 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33514 \begin_layout Standard
33515 \begin_inset Graphics
33516 filename ../images/copy.png
33517 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33529 \begin_layout Standard
33532 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33539 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33543 \begin_layout Standard
33544 \begin_inset Graphics
33545 filename ../images/paste.png
33546 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33558 \begin_layout Standard
33561 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33568 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33572 \begin_layout Standard
33573 \begin_inset Graphics
33574 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
33575 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33576 rotateOrigin center
33585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33588 \begin_layout Standard
33591 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33592 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33593 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33600 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33604 \begin_layout Standard
33605 \begin_inset Graphics
33606 filename ../images/font-emph.png
33607 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33619 \begin_layout Standard
33620 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
33622 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33632 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33636 \begin_layout Standard
33637 \begin_inset Graphics
33638 filename ../images/font-noun.png
33639 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33651 \begin_layout Standard
33652 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
33654 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33664 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33668 \begin_layout Standard
33669 \begin_inset Graphics
33670 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
33671 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33683 \begin_layout Standard
33684 Formats text using the current settings in the
33686 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33696 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33700 \begin_layout Standard
33701 \begin_inset Graphics
33702 filename ../images/math-mode.png
33703 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33715 \begin_layout Standard
33718 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33719 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33720 Inline\InsetSpace ~
33727 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33731 \begin_layout Standard
33732 \begin_inset Graphics
33733 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
33734 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33735 rotateOrigin center
33744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33747 \begin_layout Standard
33750 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33757 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33761 \begin_layout Standard
33762 \begin_inset Graphics
33763 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
33764 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33765 rotateOrigin center
33774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33777 \begin_layout Standard
33780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33787 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33791 \begin_layout Standard
33792 \begin_inset Graphics
33793 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
33794 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33795 rotateOrigin center
33804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33807 \begin_layout Standard
33808 Toggle outline window on/off,
33810 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33817 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33821 \begin_layout Standard
33822 \begin_inset Graphics
33823 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
33824 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33825 rotateOrigin center
33834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33837 \begin_layout Standard
33838 Toggle math toolbar on/off
33844 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33848 \begin_layout Standard
33849 \begin_inset Graphics
33850 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
33851 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33852 rotateOrigin center
33861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33864 \begin_layout Standard
33865 Toggle table toolbar on/off
33878 \begin_layout Subsection
33880 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33881 name "Toolbar ! Extra"
33888 \begin_layout Standard
33889 \begin_inset Graphics
33890 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
33898 \begin_layout Standard
33899 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33905 \begin_layout Standard
33906 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33910 \begin_layout Standard
33911 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33917 \begin_layout Standard
33918 \begin_inset Tabular
33919 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
33920 <features islongtable="true">
33921 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33922 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33923 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33927 \begin_layout Standard
33928 \begin_inset Graphics
33929 filename ../images/layout.png
33930 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33931 rotateOrigin center
33940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33943 \begin_layout Standard
33950 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33954 \begin_layout Standard
33955 \begin_inset Graphics
33956 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
33957 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33958 rotateOrigin center
33967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33970 \begin_layout Standard
33977 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33981 \begin_layout Standard
33982 \begin_inset Graphics
33983 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
33984 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33985 rotateOrigin center
33994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33997 \begin_layout Standard
34004 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34008 \begin_layout Standard
34009 \begin_inset Graphics
34010 filename ../images/layout_List.png
34011 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34012 rotateOrigin center
34021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34024 \begin_layout Standard
34031 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34035 \begin_layout Standard
34036 \begin_inset Graphics
34037 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
34038 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34039 rotateOrigin center
34048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34051 \begin_layout Standard
34058 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34062 \begin_layout Standard
34063 \begin_inset Graphics
34064 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
34065 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34066 rotateOrigin center
34075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34078 \begin_layout Standard
34081 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34082 Increase\InsetSpace ~
34090 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34094 \begin_layout Standard
34095 \begin_inset Graphics
34096 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
34097 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34098 rotateOrigin center
34107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34110 \begin_layout Standard
34113 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34114 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
34122 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34126 \begin_layout Standard
34127 \begin_inset Graphics
34128 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
34129 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34141 \begin_layout Standard
34144 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34145 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34152 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34156 \begin_layout Standard
34157 \begin_inset Graphics
34158 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
34159 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34171 \begin_layout Standard
34174 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34175 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34182 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34186 \begin_layout Standard
34187 \begin_inset Graphics
34188 filename ../images/label-insert.png
34189 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34201 \begin_layout Standard
34204 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34211 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34215 \begin_layout Standard
34216 \begin_inset Graphics
34217 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
34218 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34230 \begin_layout Standard
34233 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34240 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34244 \begin_layout Standard
34245 \begin_inset Graphics
34246 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
34247 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34259 \begin_layout Standard
34262 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34269 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34273 \begin_layout Standard
34274 \begin_inset Graphics
34275 filename ../images/index-insert.png
34276 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34288 \begin_layout Standard
34291 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34299 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34303 \begin_layout Standard
34304 \begin_inset Graphics
34305 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
34306 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34318 \begin_layout Standard
34321 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34322 Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
34329 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34333 \begin_layout Standard
34334 \begin_inset Graphics
34335 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
34336 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34348 \begin_layout Standard
34351 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34358 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34362 \begin_layout Standard
34363 \begin_inset Graphics
34364 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
34365 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34366 rotateOrigin center
34375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34378 \begin_layout Standard
34381 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34382 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
34389 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34393 \begin_layout Standard
34394 \begin_inset Graphics
34395 filename ../images/note-insert.png
34396 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34408 \begin_layout Standard
34411 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34412 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34420 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34424 \begin_layout Standard
34425 \begin_inset Graphics
34426 filename ../images/box-insert.png
34427 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34439 \begin_layout Standard
34442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34449 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34453 \begin_layout Standard
34454 \begin_inset Graphics
34455 filename ../images/url-insert.png
34456 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34468 \begin_layout Standard
34471 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34478 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34482 \begin_layout Standard
34483 \begin_inset Graphics
34484 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
34485 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34497 \begin_layout Standard
34500 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34507 \begin_layout Standard
34522 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34526 \begin_layout Standard
34527 \begin_inset Graphics
34528 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
34529 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34541 \begin_layout Standard
34544 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34545 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34553 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34557 \begin_layout Standard
34558 \begin_inset Graphics
34559 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
34560 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34561 rotateOrigin center
34570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34573 \begin_layout Standard
34576 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34584 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34588 \begin_layout Standard
34589 \begin_inset Graphics
34590 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
34591 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34592 rotateOrigin center
34601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34604 \begin_layout Standard
34607 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34608 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
34615 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34619 \begin_layout Standard
34620 \begin_inset Graphics
34621 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
34622 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34623 rotateOrigin center
34632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34635 \begin_layout Standard
34638 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34652 \begin_layout Subsection
34653 View / Update Toolbar
34654 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34655 name "Toolbar ! View / Update"
34662 \begin_layout Standard
34663 \begin_inset Graphics
34664 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
34671 \begin_layout Standard
34672 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34678 \begin_layout Standard
34679 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
34683 \begin_layout Standard
34684 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34690 \begin_layout Standard
34691 \begin_inset Tabular
34692 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
34693 <features islongtable="true">
34694 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34695 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34696 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34700 \begin_layout Standard
34701 \begin_inset Graphics
34702 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
34703 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34704 rotateOrigin center
34713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34716 \begin_layout Standard
34719 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34726 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34730 \begin_layout Standard
34731 \begin_inset Graphics
34732 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
34733 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34734 rotateOrigin center
34743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34746 \begin_layout Standard
34749 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34750 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34757 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34761 \begin_layout Standard
34762 \begin_inset Graphics
34763 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
34764 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34765 rotateOrigin center
34774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34777 \begin_layout Standard
34780 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34787 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34791 \begin_layout Standard
34792 \begin_inset Graphics
34793 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
34794 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34795 rotateOrigin center
34804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34807 \begin_layout Standard
34810 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34811 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34816 \begin_layout Standard
34817 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
34818 functionality is merged with
34820 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34835 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34839 \begin_layout Standard
34840 \begin_inset Graphics
34841 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
34842 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34843 rotateOrigin center
34852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34855 \begin_layout Standard
34858 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34865 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34869 \begin_layout Standard
34870 \begin_inset Graphics
34871 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
34872 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34873 rotateOrigin center
34882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34885 \begin_layout Standard
34888 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34889 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34903 \begin_layout Subsection
34907 \begin_layout Standard
34908 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34910 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
34911 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
34915 , the table toolbar
34916 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34917 name "Toolbar ! Table"
34921 is explained in the
34928 \begin_layout Chapter
34934 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34935 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
34940 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34948 \begin_layout Standard
34949 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34951 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
34954 \begin_layout Section
34958 \begin_layout Subsection
34960 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34966 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34967 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
34972 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34973 name "Customization ! of menus"
34980 \begin_layout Standard
34981 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
34984 \begin_layout Standard
34989 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
34997 \begin_layout Subsubsection
34998 User Interface File
34999 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35000 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
35005 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35006 name "Customization ! of menus"
35013 \begin_layout Standard
35014 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
35015 interface (ui) file.
35016 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
35017 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
35026 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
35027 files and edit the entries.
35030 \begin_layout Standard
35031 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
35043 entries must be ended with an explicit
35068 and in the case of the
35069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35081 The syntax for the entries is:
35084 \begin_layout Standard
35085 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35113 \begin_layout Standard
35115 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35118 All LyX-functions are listed in
35119 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35127 \begin_layout Standard
35128 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
35134 \begin_layout Standard
35135 An example: Assuming you use the menu
35137 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35140 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
35144 \begin_layout Standard
35145 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35150 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
35153 \begin_layout Standard
35155 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35158 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
35161 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35163 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35171 \begin_layout Standard
35172 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
35173 Several binding files are available:
35176 \begin_layout Description
35177 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
35180 \begin_layout Description
35181 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
35192 \begin_layout Description
35193 mac.bind set of bindings for
35195 Mac\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35201 \begin_layout Standard
35202 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
35206 , and bind files for special languages.
35207 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
35209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35217 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
35221 \begin_layout Standard
35222 Some bind-files, like
35226 , have only a small scope.
35227 When looking at the the end of the file
35231 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
35234 \begin_layout Standard
35235 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
35236 s with a text editor.
35237 The syntax of the entries is:
35240 \begin_layout Standard
35246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35264 \begin_layout Standard
35265 All LyX-functions are listed in
35266 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35274 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35278 \begin_layout Standard
35281 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35282 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35283 restore window size, or use fixed size
35285 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
35289 \begin_layout Standard
35292 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35293 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35294 restore window position
35296 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
35299 \begin_layout Standard
35302 Restore cursor positions
35304 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
35308 \begin_layout Standard
35311 Load opened files from last session
35313 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
35316 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35318 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35319 name "sub:Backup documents"
35324 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35325 name "Backup ! Documents"
35332 \begin_layout Standard
35337 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
35340 \begin_layout Standard
35345 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
35348 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35355 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35359 \begin_layout Standard
35362 Cursor follows scrollbar
35364 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
35368 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35372 \begin_layout Standard
35375 Enable Pixmap Cache
35377 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
35378 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
35379 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
35380 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
35382 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac\InsetSpace ~
35387 \begin_layout Subsection
35389 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35390 name "Font ! Screen"
35395 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35396 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35403 \begin_layout Standard
35404 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
35407 \begin_layout Standard
35408 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35411 \begin_layout Standard
35416 This section only deals with the fonts
35421 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
35424 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35435 \begin_layout Standard
35436 By default, LyX uses
35440 as roman (serif) font,
35448 (depends on the system) as
35464 \begin_layout Standard
35465 You can change the font size with the
35472 \begin_layout Standard
35477 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
35478 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
35479 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35480 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35481 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
35483 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35484 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
35491 \begin_layout Standard
35496 are the same as if a document font size of 10
35497 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
35501 The sizes are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
35503 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35504 reference "sub:Document-Font"
35511 \begin_layout Subsection
35513 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35514 name "Color ! LyX screen"
35519 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35520 name "Settings ! Color"
35527 \begin_layout Standard
35528 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
35529 Choose an item in the list and use the
35536 \begin_layout Subsection
35538 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35539 name "Settings ! Graphics"
35546 \begin_layout Standard
35547 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
35550 \begin_layout Standard
35555 enables previewing snippets of your document.
35556 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
35558 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35559 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35566 \begin_layout Subsection
35568 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35569 name "Keyboard Map"
35574 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35575 name "Settings ! Keyboard Map"
35580 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35581 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
35588 \begin_layout Standard
35589 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
35590 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
35591 If you have e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35593 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian
35594 one, you can use the keyboard map file named
35601 \begin_layout Standard
35602 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35605 \begin_layout Standard
35610 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
35618 \begin_layout Section
35620 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35626 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35627 name "Settings ! Directory"
35634 \begin_layout Description
35635 Working\InsetSpace ~
35636 directory This is LyX's working directory.
35637 It is the default when you
35653 \begin_layout Description
35654 Document\InsetSpace ~
35655 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
35657 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35665 \begin_layout Description
35666 Backup\InsetSpace ~
35668 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35669 name "Backup ! Directory"
35673 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
35674 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section\InsetSpace ~
35676 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35677 reference "sub:Backup documents"
35685 will be used to save the backups.
35687 The backup files have the ending
35688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35698 \begin_layout Description
35703 \begin_layout Standard
35710 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
35711 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
35714 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35717 \begin_layout Standard
35722 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
35730 \begin_layout Description
35731 Temporary\InsetSpace ~
35732 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
35735 \begin_layout Description
35737 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
35738 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
35739 to find it on the system.
35740 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
35741 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
35742 On Unix\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35743 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35744 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there
35745 are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system
35750 \begin_layout Section
35754 \begin_layout Standard
35755 Here you can insert your name and email address.
35756 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
35757 in section\InsetSpace ~
35759 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35760 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35764 , to mark changes you make as yours.
35767 \begin_layout Section
35769 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35770 name "Language ! Settings"
35775 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35776 name "Settings ! Language"
35783 \begin_layout Subsection
35787 \begin_layout Description
35788 Default\InsetSpace ~
35789 language is the language used in new documents
35792 \begin_layout Description
35793 Language\InsetSpace ~
35794 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles
35796 The default is the LaTeX-command
35802 that loads the package
35810 \begin_layout Standard
35811 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
35813 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35814 reference "sec:ERT"
35829 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
35830 the document language.
35831 A text label is for instance the word
35832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35839 at the beginning of every table-caption.
35842 \begin_layout Description
35843 Command\InsetSpace ~
35844 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain
35845 document language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
35846 An example is the start command
35852 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
35857 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35871 selectlanguage{$$lang}
35876 \begin_layout Description
35877 Command\InsetSpace ~
35883 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
35884 command toggles the package on and off.
35887 \begin_layout Description
35896 \begin_layout Description
35897 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
35898 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
35899 used by all LaTeX-packages.
35900 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
35907 \begin_layout Description
35909 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen
35911 When this option is not set, the
35913 Command\InsetSpace ~
35916 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
35917 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
35919 Command\InsetSpace ~
35925 \begin_layout Description
35933 When it is not set, the
35935 Command\InsetSpace ~
35938 is set to the end of the document.
35941 \begin_layout Description
35943 foreign\InsetSpace ~
35944 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from
35945 the document language will be underlined blue.
35948 \begin_layout Description
35952 language\InsetSpace ~
35953 support Enables the use of languages, written from right
35954 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
35957 \begin_layout Subsection
35961 \begin_layout Standard
35962 The spellchecker settings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
35964 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35965 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
35972 \begin_layout Section
35976 \begin_layout Subsection
35978 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35984 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35990 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35991 name "Settings ! Printer"
35998 \begin_layout Description
35999 Default\InsetSpace ~
36000 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
36001 The name will be used when the
36008 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
36011 \begin_layout Standard
36016 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
36025 \begin_layout Description
36027 output\InsetSpace ~
36029 printer This option works only for the
36034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36046 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
36047 This is an option only for dvips experts.
36050 \begin_layout Description
36051 Printer\InsetSpace ~
36052 command is the command LyX\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36053 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36054 LaTeX uses for printing.
36055 The default is on most systems
36062 \begin_layout Description
36063 Printer\InsetSpace ~
36064 Command\InsetSpace ~
36065 Options Here you can specify printer options.
36066 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
36067 of the program that provides the
36074 \begin_layout Subsection
36076 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36082 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36083 name "Settings ! Date format"
36090 \begin_layout Standard
36091 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
36094 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
36095 target "http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date"
36101 For example the format
36105 prints the date as day/month/year.
36108 \begin_layout Subsection
36112 \begin_layout Description
36113 Output\InsetSpace ~
36115 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line
36116 when using the menu
36118 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36119 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36124 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
36128 \begin_layout Description
36130 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
36135 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
36136 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
36139 \begin_layout Subsection
36144 \begin_layout Standard
36152 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36153 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
36158 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36159 name "Settings ! LaTeX"
36166 \begin_layout Description
36171 \begin_layout Standard
36179 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
36184 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
36206 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
36207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36219 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
36220 LyX sets up in the background.
36221 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
36224 \begin_layout Description
36225 Default\InsetSpace ~
36227 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
36232 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
36235 \begin_layout Description
36238 options\InsetSpace ~
36240 document\InsetSpace ~
36241 classes\InsetSpace ~
36242 changes Removes all manually set document
36243 class options in the
36245 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36248 dialog when changing the document class.
36251 \begin_layout Standard
36254 External Applications
36256 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
36257 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
36258 manuals of the applications.
36259 Currently the following commands can be set:
36262 \begin_layout Description
36267 \begin_layout Standard
36275 command Command for the program
36279 that is described in section
36290 \begin_layout Description
36295 \begin_layout Standard
36303 command Command for the program
36307 that generates the bibliography, see section\InsetSpace ~
36309 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36310 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36317 \begin_layout Description
36319 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section\InsetSpace ~
36321 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36322 reference "sub:Index-Program"
36329 \begin_layout Description
36331 viewer\InsetSpace ~
36334 options They only have an effect when the program
36338 is used as DVI-viewer.
36341 \begin_layout Subsection
36343 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36349 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36350 name "Settings ! Paths"
36357 \begin_layout Standard
36362 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
36365 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
36367 uses the Windows path style:
36370 \begin_layout Standard
36378 \begin_layout Standard
36379 instead of the Unix path style:
36382 \begin_layout Standard
36386 \begin_layout Section
36388 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36396 \begin_layout Standard
36397 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
36398 from one format to another.
36399 You can modify them or create new ones.
36400 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
36414 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
36420 drop-down list, modify the
36424 field, and press the
36431 \begin_layout Standard
36434 Converter File Cache
36436 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
36439 Maximum Age (in days
36442 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
36443 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
36446 \begin_layout Standard
36447 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
36448 the converter definition, is described in section
36459 \begin_layout Section
36461 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36462 name "File formats"
36467 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36468 name "sec:File-Formats"
36475 \begin_layout Standard
36476 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
36477 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
36479 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
36496 \begin_layout Standard
36497 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
36498 is described in section
36509 \begin_layout Section
36511 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36519 \begin_layout Standard
36520 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
36521 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
36522 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
36523 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
36524 This is done by a Copier.
36527 \begin_layout Standard
36528 More about converters is described in section
36539 \begin_layout Chapter
36540 Units available in LyX
36541 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36547 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36548 name "cha:Units-available-in"
36555 \begin_layout Standard
36556 To understand the units described in this documentation,
36557 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36558 reference "cap:Units"
36562 explains all units available in LyX.
36565 \begin_layout Standard
36566 \begin_inset Float table
36572 \begin_layout Standard
36573 \begin_inset Caption
36575 \begin_layout Standard
36576 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36589 \begin_layout Standard
36590 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
36596 \begin_layout Standard
36598 \begin_inset Tabular
36599 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36601 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
36602 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
36603 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
36604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36607 \begin_layout Standard
36613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36616 \begin_layout Standard
36623 <row topline="true">
36624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36627 \begin_layout Standard
36633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36636 \begin_layout Standard
36643 <row topline="true">
36644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36647 \begin_layout Standard
36653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36656 \begin_layout Standard
36663 <row topline="true">
36664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36667 \begin_layout Standard
36673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36676 \begin_layout Standard
36683 <row topline="true">
36684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36687 \begin_layout Standard
36693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36696 \begin_layout Standard
36697 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36698 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36705 <row topline="true">
36706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36709 \begin_layout Standard
36715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36718 \begin_layout Standard
36719 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36720 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36727 <row topline="true">
36728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36731 \begin_layout Standard
36737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36740 \begin_layout Standard
36741 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36742 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36749 <row topline="true">
36750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36753 \begin_layout Standard
36759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36762 \begin_layout Standard
36763 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36764 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36771 <row topline="true">
36772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36775 \begin_layout Standard
36781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36784 \begin_layout Standard
36785 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36787 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
36790 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36797 <row topline="true">
36798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36801 \begin_layout Standard
36807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36810 \begin_layout Standard
36811 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36812 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36819 <row topline="true">
36820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36823 \begin_layout Standard
36829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36832 \begin_layout Standard
36833 % of original image width
36839 <row topline="true">
36840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36843 \begin_layout Standard
36849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36852 \begin_layout Standard
36859 <row topline="true">
36860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36863 \begin_layout Standard
36869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36872 \begin_layout Standard
36879 <row topline="true">
36880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36883 \begin_layout Standard
36889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36892 \begin_layout Standard
36899 <row topline="true">
36900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36903 \begin_layout Standard
36909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36912 \begin_layout Standard
36919 <row topline="true">
36920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36923 \begin_layout Standard
36929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36932 \begin_layout Standard
36939 <row topline="true">
36940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36943 \begin_layout Standard
36949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36952 \begin_layout Standard
36959 <row topline="true">
36960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36963 \begin_layout Standard
36969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36972 \begin_layout Standard
36983 <row topline="true">
36984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36987 \begin_layout Standard
36993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36996 \begin_layout Standard
37007 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
37008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37011 \begin_layout Standard
37017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37020 \begin_layout Standard
37021 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37022 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37041 \begin_layout Chapter
37043 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
37051 \begin_layout Standard
37052 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
37053 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
37056 \begin_layout Itemize
37059 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
37062 \begin_layout Itemize
37068 \begin_layout Itemize
37074 \begin_layout Itemize
37080 \begin_layout Itemize
37086 \begin_layout Itemize
37092 \begin_layout Itemize
37098 \begin_layout Itemize
37104 \begin_layout Itemize
37107 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
37110 \begin_layout Itemize
37116 \begin_layout Itemize
37122 \begin_layout Itemize
37128 \begin_layout Itemize
37134 \begin_layout Itemize
37140 \begin_layout Itemize
37146 \begin_layout Itemize
37152 \begin_layout Itemize
37158 \begin_layout Itemize
37160 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
37168 \begin_layout Standard
37171 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
37178 \begin_layout Bibliography
37179 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37189 \begin_layout Standard
37193 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
37202 \begin_layout Standard
37210 \begin_inset Note Note
37213 \begin_layout Standard
37220 is explained in the
37225 It creates a hyperlink.
37233 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37234 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
37241 \begin_layout Bibliography
37242 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37243 key "latexcompanion"
37247 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
37249 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
37252 Addison-Wesley, 2004
37255 \begin_layout Bibliography
37256 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37261 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
37264 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
37267 Addison-Wesley, 2003
37270 \begin_layout Bibliography
37271 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37278 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
37281 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
37284 \begin_layout Bibliography
37285 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37297 Addison-Wesley, 1984
37300 \begin_layout Bibliography
37301 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37309 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37310 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
37317 \begin_layout Bibliography
37318 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37324 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37325 name "The LaTeX FAQ:"
37326 target "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html"
37333 \begin_layout Bibliography
37334 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37343 \begin_layout Standard
37347 href{http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi}{
37356 \begin_layout Standard
37370 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37371 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
37378 \begin_layout Bibliography
37379 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37388 \begin_layout Standard
37392 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf}{
37401 \begin_layout Standard
37408 of the LaTeX-package
37413 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37414 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
37421 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37422 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
37429 \begin_layout Bibliography
37430 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37439 \begin_layout Standard
37443 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
37453 \begin_layout Standard
37460 of the LaTeX-package
37465 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37466 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
37473 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37474 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
37481 \begin_layout Bibliography
37482 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37491 \begin_layout Standard
37495 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
37505 \begin_layout Standard
37512 of the LaTeX-package
37517 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37518 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
37525 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37526 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf"
37533 \begin_layout Bibliography
37534 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37543 \begin_layout Standard
37547 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
37556 \begin_layout Standard
37563 of the LaTeX-package
37568 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37569 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
37576 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37577 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
37584 \begin_layout Bibliography
37585 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37594 \begin_layout Standard
37598 href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf}{
37607 \begin_layout Standard
37614 of the LaTeX-package
37619 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37620 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
37627 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37628 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
37635 \begin_layout Bibliography
37636 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37645 \begin_layout Standard
37649 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX}{
37658 \begin_layout Standard
37665 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
37668 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37669 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
37676 \begin_layout Bibliography
37677 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37686 \begin_layout Standard
37690 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
37699 \begin_layout Standard
37706 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
37709 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37710 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
37717 \begin_layout Bibliography
37718 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37727 \begin_layout Standard
37731 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
37740 \begin_layout Standard
37747 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
37750 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37751 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
37758 \begin_layout Bibliography
37759 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37768 \begin_layout Standard
37772 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
37781 \begin_layout Standard
37788 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
37791 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37792 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
37799 \begin_layout Bibliography
37800 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37809 \begin_layout Standard
37813 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
37822 \begin_layout Standard
37829 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
37832 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37833 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
37840 \begin_layout Bibliography
37841 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37850 \begin_layout Standard
37854 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList}{
37863 \begin_layout Standard
37870 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
37873 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37874 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
37881 \begin_layout Standard
37888 \begin_layout Standard
37899 \begin_layout Standard
37915 \begin_inset Note Note
37918 \begin_layout Standard
37925 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
37926 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
37927 bibliography is the second one:
37935 \begin_layout Standard
37936 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibtex
37937 options "biblio/alphadin"
37938 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
37945 \begin_layout Standard
37946 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
37949 \begin_layout Standard
37952 \begin_inset LatexCommand printnomenclature
37957 \begin_inset LatexCommand printindex